updated for version 7.3.878

Problem:    'fileignorecase' is missing in options window and quickref.
Solution:   Add the option.

.gitignore

@@ -5,14 +5,15 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/tags
 
-# We do need src/auto/configure and src/auto/config.mk.
-src/auto/osdef.h
+# We do need src/auto/configure.
 src/auto/config.aap
 src/auto/config.cache
 src/auto/config.h
 src/auto/config.log
+src/auto/config.mk
 src/auto/config.status
 src/auto/configure.aap
+src/auto/osdef.h
 src/auto/link.log
 src/auto/link.sed
 src/auto/pathdef.c
@@ -29,6 +30,7 @@ src/auto/pathdef.c
 *.suo
 *.res
 *.RES
+src/if_perl.c
 src/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
@@ -40,3 +42,13 @@ gvimext.lib
 *.mo
 *.swp
 *~
+src/po/vim.pot
+
+# Generated by "make test"
+src/po/*.ck 
+src/testdir/mbyte.vim 
+src/testdir/mzscheme.vim 
+src/testdir/lua.vim 
+src/testdir/small.vim 
+src/testdir/tiny.vim 
+src/testdir/test*.out

Filelist

@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/mark.c \
 		src/mbyte.c \
 		src/memfile.c \
+		src/memfile_test.c \
 		src/memline.c \
 		src/menu.c \
 		src/message.c \
@@ -72,6 +73,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
@@ -80,6 +82,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
+		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
@@ -128,6 +131,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
 
 
@@ -259,8 +263,10 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/Make_w16.mak \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
+		src/bigvim64.bat \
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
+		src/msvc2010.bat \
 		src/dimm.idl \
 		src/dlldata.c \
 		src/dosinst.c \
@@ -311,6 +317,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/xxd/Make_bc5.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_cyg.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_djg.mak \
+		src/xxd/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
 		nsis/gvim.nsi \
 		nsis/README.txt \
@@ -345,6 +352,13 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/vim*.ico \
 		src/vim.tlb \
 		src/vimtbar.lib \
+		src/xpm/COPYRIGHT \
+		src/xpm/README.txt \
+		src/xpm/include/*.h \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
 		src/vimtbar.dll \
 		nsis/icons/*.bmp \
 		nsis/icons/*.ico \
@@ -426,20 +440,14 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		$(SRC_VMS) \
 		README_os390.txt \
 		src/Make_mint.mak \
-		src/Make_ro.mak \
-		src/gui_riscos.c \
-		src/gui_riscos.h \
 		src/if_sniff.c \
 		src/infplist.xml \
 		src/link.390 \
 		src/os_beos.c \
 		src/os_beos.h \
 		src/os_beos.rsrc \
+		src/proto/os_beos.pro \
 		src/os_mint.h \
-		src/os_riscos.c \
-		src/os_riscos.h \
-		src/proto/gui_riscos.pro \
-		src/proto/os_riscos.pro \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
 
@@ -466,6 +474,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/hanoi.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/poster \
 		runtime/macros/justify.vim \
+		runtime/macros/less.bat \
 		runtime/macros/less.sh \
 		runtime/macros/less.vim \
 		runtime/macros/life/click.me \
@@ -669,6 +678,8 @@ EXTRA =		\
 
 # generic language files
 LANG_GEN = \
+		runtime/doc/*-de.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-de.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-it.1 \
@@ -685,7 +696,17 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/Makefile \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.?? \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.utf-8 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.euc \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.sjis \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.iso9 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.big5 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1250 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1251 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp737 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??_??.utf-8 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.utf-8 \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \

Makefile

@@ -23,6 +23,9 @@
 # has run can result in compiling with $(CC) empty.
 
 first:
+	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
+		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
+	fi
 	@echo "Starting make in the src directory."
 	@echo "If there are problems, cd to the src directory and run make there"
 	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
@@ -30,6 +33,9 @@ first:
 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
 all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test testclean clean distclean:
+	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
+		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
+	fi
 	@echo "Starting make in the src directory."
 	@echo "If there are problems, cd to the src directory and run make there"
 	cd src && $(MAKE) $@

README.txt

@@ -97,10 +97,12 @@ The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
 If you have problems, have a look at the Vim FAQ:
 	http://vimdoc.sf.net/vimfaq.html
 
-Send bug reports to:
-	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
+lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
+	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
-There are several mailing lists for Vim, see http://www.vim.org/maillist.php.
+If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 
 MAIN AUTHOR

README_extra.txt

@@ -13,9 +13,6 @@ src/if_sniff.*		Interface to SNiFF.  If you don't know what SNiFF is,
 
 src/os_amiga.*		Files for the Amiga port.
 
-src/gui_riscos.*
-src/os_riscos.*		Files for the RISC OS port.
-
 src/gui_beos.*
 src/os_beos.*		Files for the BeOS port.
 

runtime/autoload/ada.vim

@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
 if version < 700
    finish
 endif 
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Section: Constants {{{1
 "
@@ -619,6 +621,9 @@ lockvar  g:ada#Comment
 lockvar! g:ada#Keywords
 lockvar! g:ada#Ctags_Kinds
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 finish " 1}}}
 
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2010 Mar 23
+" Last Change:	2012 Jun 20
 
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
 function! ccomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
@@ -498,7 +500,7 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
   endif
   if !cached
     while 1
-      exe 'silent! ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
+      exe 'silent! keepj noautocmd ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
 
       let qflist = getqflist()
       if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0
@@ -603,3 +605,6 @@ function! s:SearchMembers(matches, items, all)
   endfor
   return res
 endfunc
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
 "  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Dec 28, 2009
-"  Version:	32
+"  Date:	Jan 17, 2012
+"  Version:	34
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v32"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -519,6 +519,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
    " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
    " AutoInstall: only if doautoinstall has been requested by the plugin itself
    " --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+"   call Decho("checking if plugin requested autoinstall: doautoinstall=".doautoinstall)
    if doautoinstall
 "    call Decho(" ")
 "    call Decho("Autoinstall: getcwd<".getcwd()."> filereadable(".sname.")=".filereadable(sname))
@@ -526,7 +527,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
 "     call Decho("<".sname."> is readable")
 "     call Decho("exe silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall))
      exe "silent !".g:GetLatestVimScripts_mv." ".shellescape(sname)." ".shellescape(s:autoinstall)
-     let curdir    = escape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'),"|[]*'\" #")
+     let curdir    = fnameescape(substitute(getcwd(),'\','/','ge'))
      let installdir= curdir."/Installed"
      if !isdirectory(installdir)
       call mkdir(installdir)
@@ -549,25 +550,42 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
      " decompress
      if sname =~ '\.bz2$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to bunzip2 ".sname)
-      exe "silent !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
+      exe "sil !bunzip2 ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.bz2$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after bunzip2")
      elseif sname =~ '\.gz$'
 "      call Decho("decompress: attempt to gunzip ".sname)
-      exe "silent !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
+      exe "sil !gunzip ".shellescape(sname)
       let sname= substitute(sname,'\.gz$','','')
 "      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after gunzip")
+     elseif sname =~ '\.xz$'
+"      call Decho("decompress: attempt to unxz ".sname)
+      exe "sil !unxz ".shellescape(sname)
+      let sname= substitute(sname,'\.xz$','','')
+"      call Decho("decompress: new sname<".sname."> after unxz")
      else
 "      call Decho("no decompression needed")
      endif
      
-     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba) contents
+     " distribute archive(.zip, .tar, .vba, ...) contents
      if sname =~ '\.zip$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to unzip ".sname)
       exe "silent !unzip -o ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.tar$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar ".sname)
       exe "silent !tar -xvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.tgz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+gunzip ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.taz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+uncompress ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -Zxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.tbz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+bunzip2 ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
+     elseif sname =~ '\.txz$'
+"      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to untar+xz ".sname)
+      exe "silent !tar -Jxvf ".shellescape(sname)
      elseif sname =~ '\.vba$'
 "      call Decho("dearchive: attempt to handle a vimball: ".sname)
       silent 1split

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 Oct 19
+" Last Change:	2011 Apr 28
 
 function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart
@@ -285,6 +285,7 @@ function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 				let cssfiles = styletable + secimportfiles
 				let classes = []
 				for file in cssfiles
+				  	let classlines = []
 					if filereadable(file)
 						let stylesheet = readfile(file)
 						let stylefile = join(stylesheet, ' ')

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Sep 30, 2008
-" Version:	10
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Date:		Mar 14, 2012
+" Version:	11a
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v10"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11a"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
    exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
   endif
-  
+
 "  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)
   return 0
 endfun
@@ -356,6 +356,7 @@ fun! s:NFH_obj(obj)
 endfun
 
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 "  Modelines: {{{1
 "  vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
    put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
-  put = 'let g:netrw_cursorline        = '.g:netrw_cursorline
+  put = 'let g:netrw_cursor            = '.g:netrw_cursor
   let decompressline= line("$")
   put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_mkdir       = '.g:netrw_local_mkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_rmdir       = '.g:netrw_local_rmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir       = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
   put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	PHP
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 May 9
+" Last Change:	2011 Dec 08
 "
 "   TODO:
 "   - Class aware completion:
@@ -650,6 +650,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
 	" this is the most efficient way. The other way
 	" is to go through the looong string looking for
 	" matching {}
+	let original_window = winnr()
 	below 1new
 	0put =cfile
 	call search('class\s\+'.a:name)
@@ -667,6 +668,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(file, name) " {{{
 	let classcontent = join(classc, "\n")
 
 	bw! %
+	" go back to where we started
+	exe original_window.'wincmd w'
+
 	if extends_class != ''
 		let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(extends_class)
 		if filereadable(classlocation)

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2008 Nov 29
+" Last Change:	2012 Jan 08
 
 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
   " Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
     " Remember the buffer number, we check it below.
     new
     let newbufnr = winbufnr(0)
-    setlocal bin
+    setlocal bin fenc=
     echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
     call spellfile#Nread(fname)
     if getline(2) !~ 'VIMspell'
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
 	  " Our buffer has vanished!?  Open a new window.
 	  echomsg "download buffer disappeared, opening a new one"
 	  new
-	  setlocal bin
+	  setlocal bin fenc=
 	else
 	  exe winnr . "wincmd w"
 	endif
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
       else
 	let dirname = escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ')
       endif
+      setlocal fenc=
       exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
 
       " Also download the .sug file, if the user wants to.

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,16 +1,51 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     10.0
-" Last Change: 2010 Jun 11
+" Version:     14.0
+" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
-"              ":help sql.txt" 
-"              or ":help ft-sql-omni" 
+"              ":help sql.txt"
+"              or ":help ft-sql-omni"
 "              or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
 
 " History
+"
+" Version 14.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - BF: Added check for cpo
+"
+" Version 13.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - NF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           only the table name would be replaced with the column
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - NF: When completing column lists using table aliases
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, account
+"           for the owner name when looking up the table
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - BF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           column list could often not be found for the table.
+"     - BF: When OMNI popped up, possibly the wrong word
+"           would be replaced for column and column list options.
+"
+" Version 12.0 (Feb 2012)
+"     - Partial column name completion did not work when a table
+"       name or table alias was provided (Jonas Enberg).
+"     - Improved the handling of column completion.  First we match any
+"       columns from a previous completion.  If not matches are found, we
+"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the
+"       query and attempt to match on it.
+"
+" Version 11.0 (Jan 2012)
+"     Added g:omni_sql_default_compl_type variable
+"         - You can specify which type of completion to default to
+"           when pressing <C-X><C-O>.  The entire list of available
+"           choices can be found in the calls to sqlcomplete#Map in:
+"               ftplugin/sql.vim
+"
 " Version 10.0
-"     Updated PreCacheSyntax() 
+"     Updated PreCacheSyntax()
 "         - Now returns a List of the syntax items it finds.
 "           This allows other plugins / scripts to use this list for their own
 "           purposes.  In this case XPTemplate can use them for a Choose list.
@@ -18,33 +53,33 @@
 "           warning if not.
 "         - Verifies the parameters are the correct type and displays a
 "           warning if not.
-"     Updated SQLCWarningMsg() 
+"     Updated SQLCWarningMsg()
 "         - Prepends warning message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
 "           the warning.
-"     Updated SQLCErrorMsg() 
+"     Updated SQLCErrorMsg()
 "         - Prepends error message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
 "           the error.
-"     
-" Version 9.0
+"
+" Version 9.0 (May 2010)
 "     This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
-"     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table 
+"     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table
 "     aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
 "     Full support for "table names with spaces" can be added in again
 "     after 7.3.
 "
 " Version 8.0
-"     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left 
+"     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left
 "     when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
 "
-" Version 7.0
+" Version 7.0 (Jan 2010)
 "     Better handling of object names
 "
-" Version 6.0
+" Version 6.0 (Apr 2008)
 "     Supports object names with spaces "my table name"
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
-" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
+" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
 if exists('&omnifunc')
     " Do not set the option if already set since this
     " results in an E117 warning.
@@ -54,9 +89,11 @@ if exists('&omnifunc')
 endif
 
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
-    finish 
+    finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 100
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 130
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Maintains filename of dictionary
 let s:sql_file_table        = ""
@@ -69,7 +106,7 @@ let s:tbl_alias             = []
 let s:tbl_cols              = []
 let s:syn_list              = []
 let s:syn_value             = []
- 
+
 " Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
 let s:save_inc              = ""
 let s:save_exc              = ""
@@ -79,7 +116,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
     let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
 endif
- 
+
 " Used with the column list
 let s:save_prev_table       = ""
 
@@ -110,14 +147,25 @@ if !exists('g:omni_sql_include_owner')
         if g:loaded_dbext >= 300
             " New to dbext 3.00, by default the table lists include the owner
             " name of the table.  This is used when determining how much of
-            " whatever has been typed should be replaced as part of the 
+            " whatever has been typed should be replaced as part of the
             " code replacement.
             let g:omni_sql_include_owner = 1
         endif
     endif
 endif
+" Default type of completion used when <C-X><C-O> is pressed
+if !exists('g:omni_sql_default_compl_type')
+    let g:omni_sql_default_compl_type = 'table'
+endif
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
+" It is called twice by omni and it is responsible
+" for returning the completion list of items.
+" But it must also determine context of what to complete
+" and what to "replace" with the completion.
+" The a:base, is replaced directly with what the user
+" chooses from the choices.
+" The s:prepend provides context for the completion.
 function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     " Default to table name completion
@@ -126,6 +174,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
         let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
     endif
+    let begindot = 0
 
     " First pass through this function determines how much of the line should
     " be replaced by whatever is chosen from the completion list
@@ -134,13 +183,12 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         let line     = getline('.')
         let start    = col('.') - 1
         let lastword = -1
-        let begindot = 0
         " Check if the first character is a ".", for column completion
         if line[start - 1] == '.'
             let begindot = 1
         endif
         while start > 0
-            " Additional code was required to handle objects which 
+            " Additional code was required to handle objects which
             " can contain spaces like "my table name".
             if line[start - 1] !~ '\(\w\|\.\)'
                 " If the previous character is not a period or word character
@@ -150,7 +198,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\w'
                 " If the previous character is word character continue back
                 let start -= 1
-            elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' && 
+            elseif line[start - 1] =~ '\.' &&
                         \ compl_type =~ 'column\|table\|view\|procedure'
                 " If the previous character is a period and we are completing
                 " an object which can be specified with a period like this:
@@ -160,7 +208,10 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If lastword has already been set for column completion
                 " break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
                 " a table name if it was also supplied.
-                if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column' 
+                " Unless g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1, then we can
+                " include the ownername.
+                if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column'
+                            \ && g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     break
                 endif
                 " If column completion was specified stop at the "." if
@@ -171,8 +222,8 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 endif
                 " If omni_sql_include_owner = 0, do not include the table
                 " name as part of the substitution, so break here
-                if lastword == -1 && 
-                            \ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' && 
+                if lastword == -1 &&
+                            \ compl_type =~ '\<\(table\|view\|procedure\|column\|column_csv\)\>' &&
                             \ g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     let lastword = start
                     break
@@ -202,7 +253,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     let compl_list = []
 
     " Default to table name completion
-    let compl_type = 'table'
+    let compl_type = g:omni_sql_default_compl_type
     " Allow maps to specify what type of object completion they want
     if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
         let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
@@ -216,7 +267,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     if compl_type == 'table' ||
                 \ compl_type == 'procedure' ||
-                \ compl_type == 'view' 
+                \ compl_type == 'view'
 
         " This type of completion relies upon the dbext.vim plugin
         if s:SQLCCheck4dbext() == -1
@@ -254,7 +305,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
         if base == ""
             " The last time we displayed a column list we stored
-            " the table name.  If the user selects a column list 
+            " the table name.  If the user selects a column list
             " without a table name of alias present, assume they want
             " the previous column list displayed.
             let base = s:save_prev_table
@@ -269,20 +320,26 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let table  = matchstr( base, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
             let column = matchstr( base, '.*\.\zs.*' )
 
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+                let owner  = table
+                let table  = column
+                let column = ''
+            endif
+
             " It is pretty well impossible to determine if the user
             " has entered:
             "    owner.table
             "    table.column_prefix
-            " So there are a couple of things we can do to mitigate 
+            " So there are a couple of things we can do to mitigate
             " this issue.
             "    1.  Check if the dbext plugin has the option turned
             "        on to even allow owners
             "    2.  Based on 1, if the user is showing a table list
-            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then 
+            "        and the DrillIntoTable (using <Right>) then
             "        this will be owner.table.  In this case, we can
-            "        check to see the table.column exists in the 
+            "        check to see the table.column exists in the
             "        cached table list.  If it does, then we have
-            "        determined the user has actually chosen 
+            "        determined the user has actually chosen
             "        owner.table, not table.column_prefix.
             let found = -1
             if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == ''
@@ -297,17 +354,46 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             " If the user has indicated not to use table owners at all and
             " the base ends in a '.' we know they are not providing a column
             " name, so we can shift the items appropriately.
-            if found != -1 || (g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0 && base !~ '\.$')
-                let owner  = table
-                let table  = column
-                let column = ''
-            endif
+            " if found != -1 || (g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0 && base !~ '\.$')
+            "     let owner  = table
+            "     let table  = column
+            "     let column = ''
+            " endif
         else
+            " If no "." was provided and the user asked for
+            " column level completion, first attempt the match
+            " on any previous column lists.  If the user asked
+            " for a list of columns comma separated, continue as usual.
+            if compl_type == 'column' && s:save_prev_table != ''
+                " The last time we displayed a column list we stored
+                " the table name.  If the user selects a column list
+                " without a table name of alias present, assume they want
+                " the previous column list displayed.
+                let table     = s:save_prev_table
+                let list_type = ''
+
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+                if ! empty(compl_list)
+                    " If no column prefix has been provided and the table
+                    " name was provided, append it to each of the items
+                    " returned.
+                    let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), 'v:val=~"^'.base.'"' )
+
+                    " If not empty, we have a match on columns
+                    " return the list
+                    if ! empty(compl_list)
+                        return compl_list
+                    endif
+                endif
+            endif
+            " Since no columns were found to match the base supplied
+            " assume the user is trying to complete the column list
+            " for a table (and or an alias to a table).
             let table  = base
         endif
 
         " Get anything after the . and consider this the table name
-        " If an owner has been specified, then we must consider the 
+        " If an owner has been specified, then we must consider the
         " base to be a partial column name
         " let base  = matchstr( base, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*' )
 
@@ -322,16 +408,25 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 let list_type     = 'csv'
             endif
 
-            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            " If we are including the OWNER for the objects, then for
+            " table completion, if we have it, it should be included
+            " as there can be the same table names in a database yet
+            " with different owner names.
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner != '' && table != ''
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(owner.'.'.table, list_type)
+            else
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            endif
+
             if column != ''
                 " If no column prefix has been provided and the table
                 " name was provided, append it to each of the items
                 " returned.
-                let compl_list = map(compl_list, "table.'.'.v:val")
+                let compl_list = map(compl_list, 'table.".".v:val')
                 if owner != ''
                     " If an owner has been provided append it to each of the
                     " items returned.
-                    let compl_list = map(compl_list, "owner.'.'.v:val")
+                    let compl_list = map(compl_list, 'owner.".".v:val')
                 endif
             else
                 let base = ''
@@ -345,11 +440,14 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         endif
     elseif compl_type == 'resetCache'
         " Reset all cached items
-        let s:tbl_name  = []
-        let s:tbl_alias = []
-        let s:tbl_cols  = []
-        let s:syn_list  = []
-        let s:syn_value = []
+        let s:tbl_name           = []
+        let s:tbl_alias          = []
+        let s:tbl_cols           = []
+        let s:syn_list           = []
+        let s:syn_value          = []
+        let s:sql_file_table     = ""
+        let s:sql_file_procedure = ""
+        let s:sql_file_view      = ""
 
         let msg = "All SQL cached items have been removed."
         call s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
@@ -361,22 +459,41 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     if base != ''
         " Filter the list based on the first few characters the user entered.
-        " Check if the text matches at the beginning 
-        " or 
+        " Check if the text matches at the beginning
+        "         \\(^.base.'\\)
+        " or
         " Match to a owner.table or alias.column type match
+        "         ^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)
         " or
         " Handle names with spaces "my table name"
+        "         "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
+        "
         let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|^\\(\\w\\+\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), expr)
+
+        if empty(compl_list) && compl_type == 'table' && base =~ '\.$'
+            " It is possible we could be looking for column name completion
+            " and the user simply hit C-X C-O to lets try it as well
+            " since we had no hits with the tables.
+            " If the base ends with a . it is hard to know if we are
+            " completing table names or column names.
+            let list_type = ''
+
+            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(base, list_type)
+        endif
     endif
 
     if exists('b:sql_compl_savefunc') && b:sql_compl_savefunc != ""
         let &omnifunc = b:sql_compl_savefunc
     endif
 
+    if empty(compl_list)
+        call s:SQLCWarningMsg( 'Could not find type['.compl_type.'] using prepend[.'.s:prepended.'] base['.a:base.']' )
+    endif
+
     return compl_list
 endfunc
 
@@ -384,7 +501,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#PreCacheSyntax(...)
     let syn_group_arr = []
     let syn_items     = []
 
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         if type(a:1) != 3
             call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
             return ''
@@ -407,7 +524,7 @@ endfunction
 function! sqlcomplete#ResetCacheSyntax(...)
     let syn_group_arr = []
 
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         if type(a:1) != 3
             call s:SQLCWarningMsg("Parameter is not a list. Example:['syntaxGroup1', 'syntaxGroup2']")
             return ''
@@ -458,7 +575,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillIntoTable()
 	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
 	" key behaviour.
 	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
-	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
 	" rather than the "key press".
         exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right.'", "n")'
     endif
@@ -475,7 +592,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#DrillOutOfColumns()
 	" If the popup is not visible, simple perform the normal
 	" key behaviour.
 	" Must use exec since they key must be preceeded by "\"
-	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string 
+	" or feedkeys will simply push each character of the string
 	" rather than the "key press".
         exec 'call feedkeys("\'.g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left.'", "n")'
     endif
@@ -484,16 +601,16 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
     echohl WarningMsg
-    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg 
+    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
     echohl None
 endfunction
-      
+
 function! s:SQLCErrorMsg(msg)
     echohl ErrorMsg
-    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg 
+    echomsg 'SQLComplete:'.a:msg
     echohl None
 endfunction
-      
+
 function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
     let syn_group  = a:syn_group
     let compl_list = []
@@ -504,7 +621,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
         " Return previously cached value
         let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
     else
-        " Request the syntax list items from the 
+        " Request the syntax list items from the
         " syntax completion plugin
         if syn_group == 'syntax'
             " Handle this special case.  This allows the user
@@ -552,7 +669,7 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
     let table_alias = a:table_alias
     let cols        = a:cols
 
-    if g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias != 'n' 
+    if g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias != 'n'
         if table_alias == ''
             if 'da' =~? g:omni_sql_use_tbl_alias
                 if table_name =~ '_'
@@ -562,13 +679,13 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
                     setlocal iskeyword-=_
 
                     " Get the first letter of each word
-                    " [[:alpha:]] is used instead of \w 
+                    " [[:alpha:]] is used instead of \w
                     " to catch extended accented characters
                     "
-                    let table_alias = substitute( 
-                                \ table_name, 
-                                \ '\<[[:alpha:]]\+\>_\?', 
-                                \ '\=strpart(submatch(0), 0, 1)', 
+                    let table_alias = substitute(
+                                \ table_name,
+                                \ '\<[[:alpha:]]\+\>_\?',
+                                \ '\=strpart(submatch(0), 0, 1)',
                                 \ 'g'
                                 \ )
                     " Restore original value
@@ -596,7 +713,7 @@ function! s:SQLCAddAlias(table_name, table_alias, cols)
     return cols
 endfunction
 
-function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object) 
+function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
     " The owner regex matches a word at the start of the string which is
     " followed by a dot, but doesn't include the dot in the result.
     " ^           - from beginning of line
@@ -609,11 +726,29 @@ function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
     " let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\s*\zs.*\ze\.' )
     let owner = matchstr( a:object, '^\("\|\[\)\?\zs\.\{-}\ze\("\|\]\)\?\.' )
     return owner
-endfunction 
+endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
+    if a:table_name =~ '\.'
+        " Check if the owner/creator has been specified
+        let owner  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\zs.*\ze\..*\..*' )
+        let table  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
+        let column = matchstr( a:table_name, '.*\.\zs.*' )
+
+        if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+            let owner  = table
+            let table  = column
+            let column = ''
+        endif
+    else
+        let owner  = ''
+        let table  = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+        let column = ''
+    endif
+
     " Check if the table name was provided as part of the column name
-    let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    " let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    let table_name   = table
     let table_cols   = []
     let table_alias  = ''
     let move_to_top  = 1
@@ -636,7 +771,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     if list_idx > -1
         let table_cols = split(s:tbl_cols[list_idx], '\n')
     else
-        " Check if we have already cached the column list for this table 
+        " Check if we have already cached the column list for this table
         " by its alias, assuming the table_name provided was actually
         " the alias for the table instead
         "     select *
@@ -654,7 +789,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     " And the table ends in a "." or we are looking for a column list
     " if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || b:sql_compl_type =~ 'column')
     " if list_idx == -1 && (a:table_name =~ '\.' || a:list_type =~ 'csv')
-    if list_idx == -1 
+    if list_idx == -1
          let saveY      = @y
          let saveSearch = @/
          let saveWScan  = &wrapscan
@@ -665,7 +800,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          setlocal nowrapscan
          " If . was entered, look at the word just before the .
          " We are looking for something like this:
-         "    select * 
+         "    select *
          "      from customer c
          "     where c.
          " So when . is pressed, we need to find 'c'
@@ -692,15 +827,15 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
          " if query =~? '^\c\(select\)'
          if query =~? '^\(select\|update\|delete\)'
              let found = 1
-             "  \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?   - 
+             "  \(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?   -
              " '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'  - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
              " '\zs\(\(\<\w\+\>\)\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
-             " '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name 
+             " '\<\w\+\>\ze' - Get the table name
              " '\s\+\<'.table_name.'\>' - Followed by the alias
              " '\s*\.\@!.*'  - Cannot be followed by a .
              " '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
              " '.*'  - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
-             " let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
+             " let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
              "             \ '\c\(from\|join\|,\).\{-}'.
              "             \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\.\)\?'.
              "             \ '\("\|\[\)\?.\{-}\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
@@ -711,7 +846,16 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
              "             \ '\(\<where\>\|$\)'.
              "             \ '.*'
              "             \ )
-             let table_name_new = matchstr(@y, 
+             "
+             "
+             " ''\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*'  - Starting at the from clause (case insensitive)
+             " '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?' - Get the owner name (optional)
+             " '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze' - Get the table name
+             " '\s\+\%(as\s\+\)\?\<'.matchstr(table_name, '.\{-}\ze\.\?$').'\>' - Followed by the alias
+             " '\s*\.\@!.*'  - Cannot be followed by a .
+             " '\(\<where\>\|$\)' - Must be followed by a WHERE clause
+             " '.*'  - Exclude the rest of the line in the match
+             let table_name_new = matchstr(@y,
                          \ '\c\(\<from\>\|\<join\>\|,\)\s*'.
                          \ '\zs\(\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\.\)\?'.
                          \ '\("\|\[\)\?\w\+\("\|\]\)\?\ze'.
@@ -725,7 +869,12 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
              if table_name_new != ''
                  let table_alias = table_name
-                 let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                 if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 else
+                     " let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.\{-}\.\)\?\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 endif
 
                  let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
                  if list_idx > -1
@@ -753,7 +902,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
          " Return to previous location
          call cursor(curline, curcol)
-         
+
          if found == 0
              if g:loaded_dbext > 300
                  exec 'DBSetOption use_tbl_alias='.saveSettingAlias
@@ -762,12 +911,13 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
              " Not a SQL statement, do not display a list
              return []
          endif
-    endif 
+    endif
 
     if empty(table_cols)
         " Specify silent mode, no messages to the user (tbl, 1)
         " Specify do not comma separate (tbl, 1, 1)
-        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        " let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn((owner!=''?owner.'.':'').table_name, 1, 1)
 
         if table_cols_str != ""
             let s:tbl_name  = add( s:tbl_name,  table_name )
@@ -793,3 +943,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
     return table_cols
 endfunction
+"  Restore:
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,16 +1,42 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     7.0
-" Last Change: 2010 Jul 29
-" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
+" Version:     11.0
+" Last Change: 2012 Dec 04
+" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 11.0
+"     Corrected which characters required escaping during
+"     substitution calls.
+"
+" Version 10.0
+"     Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
+"     iskeyword option and build a list of valid word separators.
+"     Prior to this change, only actual characters were used,
+"     where for example ASCII "45" == "-".  If "45" were used
+"     in iskeyword the hyphen would not be picked up.
+"     This introduces a new option, since the character ranges
+"     specified could be multibyte:
+"         let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+"     This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
+"     characters to be added and an additional check to ensure
+"     the charater is printable (see documentation for isprint).
+"
+" Version 9.0
+"     Add the check for cpo.
+"
+" Version 8.0
+"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
+"           on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
+"           Now these lines are processed independently.
+"
 " Version 7.0
 "     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
-"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some 
+"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some
 "           syntax writers use this format as well:
 "               {b:current_syntax}GroupName
 "           OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
@@ -18,11 +44,11 @@
 "
 " Version 6.0
 "     Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
-"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own 
+"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own
 "           purposes.
 "         - It will return a List of all syntax items for the
-"           syntax group name passed in.  
-"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the 
+"           syntax group name passed in.
+"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the
 "           sqlcomplete plugin to populate a Choose box.
 "
 " Version 5.0
@@ -32,7 +58,7 @@
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
-" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
+" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
 if exists('+omnifunc')
     " Do not set the option if already set since this
     " results in an E117 warning.
@@ -42,9 +68,13 @@ if exists('+omnifunc')
 endif
 
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
-    finish 
+    finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 70
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 110
+
+" Turn on support for line continuations when creating the script
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -61,6 +91,18 @@ if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword')
     let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword = 1
 endif
 
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+endif
+
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric = 1
+endif
+
 " Only display items in the completion window that are at least
 " this many characters in length.
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -72,7 +114,8 @@ endif
 " This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
 " elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
 let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
-            \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
+            \ 'links to,start=,end='
+            " \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
 
 let s:cache_name = []
 let s:cache_list = []
@@ -151,7 +194,7 @@ endfunc
 function! syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(...)
     if a:0 > 0
         let parms = []
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -165,7 +208,7 @@ endfunc
 function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let list_parms = []
     if a:0 > 0
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -201,18 +244,18 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
 
     let saveL = @l
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
-    
+
     if empty(list_parms)
         " Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
         let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = ''
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_parms = split(g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}, ',')
             if syntax_group_include_{filetype} =~ '\w'
-                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype}, 
+                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
@@ -222,11 +265,11 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     endif
 
     " Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
-    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can 
+    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can
     " work generically for any filetype that does not already
     " have a plugin defined.
     " This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
-    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax 
+    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax
     " directory this is true for almost all syntax definitions.
     " As an example, the SQL syntax groups have this pattern:
     "     sqlType
@@ -239,7 +282,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let syntax_full = "\n".@l
     let @l = saveL
 
-    if syntax_full =~ 'E28' 
+    if syntax_full =~ 'E28'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E411'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E415'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'No Syntax items'
@@ -249,7 +292,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
 
     let list_exclude_groups = []
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         " Do nothing since we have specific a specific list of groups
     else
         " Default the exclude group to nothing
@@ -257,11 +300,11 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_exclude_groups = split(g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, ',')
-            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w' 
-                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, 
+            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w'
+                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
@@ -278,14 +321,14 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     while ftindex > -1
         let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
 
-        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current 
+        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
         " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
         " via autocmds or their vimrc.
         " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
         " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
         let next_group_regex = '\n' .
                     \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
-                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
+                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
         let index    = 0
         let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
 
@@ -299,11 +342,11 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
             "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
             "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
             " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
-            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to 
+            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
             " find a match.
             let next_group_regex = '\n' .
                         \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
-                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
+                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
             let index    = 0
             let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
         endif
@@ -317,9 +360,9 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
                     let get_syn_list = 0
                 endif
             endfor
-        
+
             " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
-            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax 
+            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
             " groups we are interested in.
             "
             " if get_syn_list == 1
@@ -331,7 +374,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
             " endif
 
             if get_syn_list == 1
-                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we 
+                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
                 " are interested in.
                 let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
                 let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
@@ -385,7 +428,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
     "     \|           - 2nd potential match
     "     \%$          - matches end of the file or string
     "     \)           - end a group
-    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full, 
+    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full,
                 \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze\(\n\w\|\%$\)'
                 \ )
 
@@ -395,26 +438,42 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
         " We only want the words for the lines begining with
         " containedin, but there could be other items.
-        
+
         " Tried to remove all lines that do not begin with contained
         " but this does not work in all cases since you can have
         "    contained nextgroup=...
         " So this will strip off the ending of lines with known
         " keywords.
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syntax_group, '\<\('.
                     \    substitute(
                     \      escape(s:syn_remove_words, '\\/.*$^~[]')
                     \      , ',', '\\|', 'g'
                     \    ).
                     \    '\).\{-}\%($\|'."\n".'\)'
-                    \    , "\n", 'g' 
+                    \    , "\n", 'g'
                     \  )
 
-        " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
-                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\)'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+        " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
+        " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
+        let syn_list = substitute(
+                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    \    , "", 'g'
+                    \ )
+
+        " This can leave lines like this
+        "     =@vimMenuList  skipwhite onoremenu
+        " Strip the special option keywords first
+        "     :h :syn-skipwhite*
+        let syn_list = substitute(
+                    \    syn_list, '\<\(skipwhite\|skipnl\|skipempty\)\>'
+                    \    , "", 'g'
+                    \ )
+
+        " Now remove the remainder of the nextgroup=@someName lines
+        let syn_list = substitute(
+                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\(@\w\+\)'
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         if b:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword == 0
@@ -423,19 +482,74 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
             " This will replace non-word characters with spaces.
             let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ ]', ' ', 'g' )
         else
-            let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
-            " Remove all character ranges
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
-            " Remove all numeric specifications
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
-            " Remove all commas
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
-            " Escape special regex characters
-            let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
-            " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
-            let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ '.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            if g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric == 1
+                " iskeyword can contain value like this
+                " 38,42,43,45,47-58,60-62,64-90,97-122,_,+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
+                " Numeric values convert to their ASCII equivalent using the
+                " nr2char() function.
+                "     &       38
+                "     *       42
+                "     +       43
+                "     -       45
+                "     ^       94
+                " Iterate through all numeric specifications and convert those
+                " to their ascii equivalent ensuring the character is printable.
+                " If so, add it to the list.
+                let accepted_chars = ''
+                for item in split(&iskeyword, ',')
+                    if item =~ '-'
+                        " This is a character range (ie 47-58),
+                        " cycle through each character within the range
+                        let [b:start, b:end] = split(item, '-')
+                        for range_item in range( b:start, b:end )
+                            if range_item <= 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                                if nr2char(range_item) =~ '\p'
+                                    let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(range_item)
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                        endfor
+                    elseif item =~ '^\d\+$'
+                        " Only numeric, translate to a character
+                        if item < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if nr2char(item) =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(item)
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    else
+                        if char2nr(item) < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if item =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . item
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    endif
+                endfor
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^A-Za-z'.accepted_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            else
+                let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
+                " Remove all character ranges
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all numeric specifications
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all commas
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_'.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            endif
         endif
 
         if b:omni_syntax_minimum_length > 0
@@ -448,3 +562,27 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
     return syn_list
 endfunction
+
+function! OmniSyntaxShowChars(spec)
+  let result = []
+  for item in split(a:spec, ',')
+    if len(item) > 1
+      if item == '@-@'
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      else
+        call extend(result, call('range', split(item, '-')))
+      endif
+    else
+      if item == '@'  " assume this is [A-Za-z]
+        for [c1, c2] in [['A', 'Z'], ['a', 'z']]
+          call extend(result, range(char2nr(c1), char2nr(c2)))
+        endfor
+      else
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      endif
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return join(map(result, 'nr2char(v:val)'), ', ')
+endfunction
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Aug 09, 2010
-" Version:		26
+" Date:			Jan 17, 2012
+" Version:		28
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v26"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -47,6 +47,17 @@ endif
 if !exists("g:tar_writeoptions")
  let g:tar_writeoptions= "uf"
 endif
+if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
+ if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
+  else
+   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+  endif
+ else
+  let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
+ endif
+endif
 if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
  if !exists("g:netrw_localcopycmd")
   if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
@@ -63,17 +74,6 @@ if !exists("g:tar_copycmd")
  endif
  let g:tar_copycmd= g:netrw_localcopycmd
 endif
-if !exists("g:netrw_cygwin")
- if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-  if &shell =~ '\%(\<bash\>\|\<zsh\>\)\%(\.exe\)\=$'
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 1
-  else
-   let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
-  endif
- else
-  let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
- endif
-endif
 if !exists("g:tar_extractcmd")
  let g:tar_extractcmd= "tar -xf"
 endif
@@ -142,9 +142,9 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   call setline(lastline+1,'" tar.vim version '.g:loaded_tar)
   call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing tarfile '.a:tarfile)
   call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
-  $put =''
-  0d
-  $
+  keepj $put =''
+  keepj sil! 0d
+  keepj $
 
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
   if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
@@ -154,26 +154,26 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   let curlast= line("$")
   if tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
 "   call Decho("1: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp'
 "   call Decho("2: exe silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
+   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."|gzip -d -c -|".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(bz2\|tbz\|tb2\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
-  elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
+   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+  elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(lzma\|tlz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - ")
-   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
+   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." - "
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
     " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
     let tarfile = substitute(tarfile, '-', './-', '')
    endif
 "   call Decho("4: exe silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,0))
-   exe "silent r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
+   exe "sil! r! ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_browseoptions." ".shellescape(tarfile,1)
   endif
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
@@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   if line("$") == curlast || ( line("$") == (curlast + 1) && getline("$") =~ '\c\%(warning\|error\|inappropriate\|unrecognized\)')
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (tar#Browse) ".a:tarfile." doesn't appear to be a tar file" | echohl None
-   silent %d
+   keepj sil! %d
    let eikeep= &ei
    set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
    exe "r ".fnameescape(a:tarfile)
    let &ei= eikeep
-   1d
+   keepj sil! 1d
 "   call Dret("tar#Browse : a:tarfile<".a:tarfile.">")
    return
   endif
@@ -286,19 +286,19 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   endif
   if tarfile =~# '\.bz2$'
 "   call Decho("7: exe silent r! bzip2 -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! bzip2 -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(gz\|tgz\)$'
 "   call Decho("5: exe silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd.' -'.g:tar_readoptions.' - '.tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1))
-   exe "silent r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! gzip -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lrp$'
 "   call Decho("6: exe silent r! cat ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! cat -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | gzip -d -c - | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.lzma$'
 "   call Decho("7: exe silent r! lzma -d -c ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! lzma -d -c -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)."| ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   elseif tarfile =~# '\.\(xz\|txz\)$'
 "   call Decho("3: exe silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp)
-   exe "silent r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
+   exe "sil! r! xz --decompress --stdout -- ".shellescape(tarfile,1)." | ".g:tar_cmd." -".g:tar_readoptions." - ".tar_secure.shellescape(fname,1).decmp
   else
    if tarfile =~ '^\s*-'
     " A file name starting with a dash is taken as an option.  Prepend ./ to avoid that.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   exe "file tarfile::".fnameescape(fname)
 
   " cleanup
-  0d
+  keepj sil! 0d
   set nomod
 
   let &report= repkeep

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2010 Aug 12
+" Last Change: 2012 Jun 30
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -11,12 +11,286 @@
 
 " this file uses line continuations
 let s:cpo_sav = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
-func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2)
+" Automatically find charsets from all encodings supported natively by Vim. With
+" the 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes, Vim can actually support more encodings than
+" this. Let the user specify these however since they won't be supported on
+" every system.
+"
+" Note, not all of Vim's supported encodings have a charset to use.
+"
+" Names in this list are from:
+"   http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+" g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset: {{{
+let g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset = {
+      \ 'latin1' : 'ISO-8859-1',
+      \ 'iso-8859-2' : 'ISO-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-8859-3' : 'ISO-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-8859-4' : 'ISO-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-8859-5' : 'ISO-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-8859-6' : 'ISO-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-8859-7' : 'ISO-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-8859-8' : 'ISO-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-8859-9' : 'ISO-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-10' : '',
+      \ 'iso-8859-13' : 'ISO-8859-13',
+      \ 'iso-8859-14' : '',
+      \ 'iso-8859-15' : 'ISO-8859-15',
+      \ 'koi8-r' : 'KOI8-R',
+      \ 'koi8-u' : 'KOI8-U',
+      \ 'macroman' : 'macintosh',
+      \ 'cp437' : '',
+      \ 'cp775' : '',
+      \ 'cp850' : '',
+      \ 'cp852' : '',
+      \ 'cp855' : '',
+      \ 'cp857' : '',
+      \ 'cp860' : '',
+      \ 'cp861' : '',
+      \ 'cp862' : '',
+      \ 'cp863' : '',
+      \ 'cp865' : '',
+      \ 'cp866' : 'IBM866',
+      \ 'cp869' : '',
+      \ 'cp874' : '',
+      \ 'cp1250' : 'windows-1250',
+      \ 'cp1251' : 'windows-1251',
+      \ 'cp1253' : 'windows-1253',
+      \ 'cp1254' : 'windows-1254',
+      \ 'cp1255' : 'windows-1255',
+      \ 'cp1256' : 'windows-1256',
+      \ 'cp1257' : 'windows-1257',
+      \ 'cp1258' : 'windows-1258',
+      \ 'euc-jp' : 'EUC-JP',
+      \ 'sjis' : 'Shift_JIS',
+      \ 'cp932' : 'Shift_JIS',
+      \ 'cp949' : '',
+      \ 'euc-kr' : 'EUC-KR',
+      \ 'cp936' : 'GBK',
+      \ 'euc-cn' : 'GB2312',
+      \ 'big5' : 'Big5',
+      \ 'cp950' : 'Big5',
+      \ 'utf-8' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-2' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-2le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'utf-16' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'utf-16le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-4' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ 'ucs-4le' : 'UTF-8',
+      \ }
+lockvar g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset
+" Notes:
+"   1. All UCS/UTF are converted to UTF-8 because it is much better supported
+"   2. Any blank spaces are there because Vim supports it but at least one major
+"      web browser does not according to http://wiki.whatwg.org/wiki/Web_Encodings.
+" }}}
+
+" Only automatically find encodings supported natively by Vim, let the user
+" specify the encoding if it's not natively supported. This function is only
+" used when the user specifies the charset, they better know what they are
+" doing!
+"
+" Names in this list are from:
+"   http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
+" g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding: {{{
+let g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding = {
+      \ 'iso_8859-1:1987' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso-ir-100' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso_8859-1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso-8859-1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'latin1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'l1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'ibm819' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'cp819' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'csisolatin1' : 'latin1',
+      \ 'iso_8859-2:1987' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-ir-101' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso_8859-2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso-8859-2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'latin2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'l2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'csisolatin2' : 'iso-8859-2',
+      \ 'iso_8859-3:1988' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-ir-109' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso_8859-3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso-8859-3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'latin3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'l3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'csisolatin3' : 'iso-8859-3',
+      \ 'iso_8859-4:1988' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-ir-110' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso_8859-4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso-8859-4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'latin4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'l4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'csisolatin4' : 'iso-8859-4',
+      \ 'iso_8859-5:1988' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-ir-144' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso_8859-5' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso-8859-5' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'cyrillic' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'csisolatincyrillic' : 'iso-8859-5',
+      \ 'iso_8859-6:1987' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-ir-127' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso_8859-6' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso-8859-6' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'ecma-114' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'asmo-708' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'arabic' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'csisolatinarabic' : 'iso-8859-6',
+      \ 'iso_8859-7:1987' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-ir-126' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso_8859-7' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso-8859-7' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'elot_928' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'ecma-118' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'greek' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'greek8' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'csisolatingreek' : 'iso-8859-7',
+      \ 'iso_8859-8:1988' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-ir-138' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso_8859-8' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso-8859-8' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'hebrew' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'csisolatinhebrew' : 'iso-8859-8',
+      \ 'iso_8859-9:1989' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-ir-148' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso_8859-9' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-9' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'latin5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'l5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'csisolatin5' : 'iso-8859-9',
+      \ 'iso-8859-10' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso-ir-157' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'l6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso_8859-10:1992' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'csisolatin6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'latin6' : 'iso-8859-10',
+      \ 'iso-8859-13' : 'iso-8859-13',
+      \ 'iso-8859-14' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-ir-199' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso_8859-14:1998' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso_8859-14' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'latin8' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-celtic' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'l8' : 'iso-8859-14',
+      \ 'iso-8859-15' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'iso_8859-15' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'latin-9' : 'iso-8859-15',
+      \ 'koi8-r' : 'koi8-r',
+      \ 'cskoi8r' : 'koi8-r',
+      \ 'koi8-u' : 'koi8-u',
+      \ 'macintosh' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'mac' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'csmacintosh' : 'macroman',
+      \ 'ibm437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'cp437' : 'cp437',
+      \ '437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'cspc8codepage437' : 'cp437',
+      \ 'ibm775' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'cp775' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'cspc775baltic' : 'cp775',
+      \ 'ibm850' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'cp850' : 'cp850',
+      \ '850' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'cspc850multilingual' : 'cp850',
+      \ 'ibm852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'cp852' : 'cp852',
+      \ '852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'cspcp852' : 'cp852',
+      \ 'ibm855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'cp855' : 'cp855',
+      \ '855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'csibm855' : 'cp855',
+      \ 'ibm857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'cp857' : 'cp857',
+      \ '857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'csibm857' : 'cp857',
+      \ 'ibm860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'cp860' : 'cp860',
+      \ '860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'csibm860' : 'cp860',
+      \ 'ibm861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'cp861' : 'cp861',
+      \ '861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'cp-is' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'csibm861' : 'cp861',
+      \ 'ibm862' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'cp862' : 'cp862',
+      \ '862' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'cspc862latinhebrew' : 'cp862',
+      \ 'ibm863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'cp863' : 'cp863',
+      \ '863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'csibm863' : 'cp863',
+      \ 'ibm865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'cp865' : 'cp865',
+      \ '865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'csibm865' : 'cp865',
+      \ 'ibm866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'cp866' : 'cp866',
+      \ '866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'csibm866' : 'cp866',
+      \ 'ibm869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'cp869' : 'cp869',
+      \ '869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'cp-gr' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'csibm869' : 'cp869',
+      \ 'windows-1250' : 'cp1250',
+      \ 'windows-1251' : 'cp1251',
+      \ 'windows-1253' : 'cp1253',
+      \ 'windows-1254' : 'cp1254',
+      \ 'windows-1255' : 'cp1255',
+      \ 'windows-1256' : 'cp1256',
+      \ 'windows-1257' : 'cp1257',
+      \ 'windows-1258' : 'cp1258',
+      \ 'extended_unix_code_packed_format_for_japanese' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'cseucpkdfmtjapanese' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'euc-jp' : 'euc-jp',
+      \ 'shift_jis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'ms_kanji' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'sjis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'csshiftjis' : 'sjis',
+      \ 'ibm-thai' : 'cp874',
+      \ 'csibmthai' : 'cp874',
+      \ 'ks_c_5601-1987' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'iso-ir-149' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'ks_c_5601-1989' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'ksc_5601' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'korean' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'csksc56011987' : 'cp949',
+      \ 'euc-kr' : 'euc-kr',
+      \ 'cseuckr' : 'euc-kr',
+      \ 'gbk' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'cp936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'ms936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'windows-936' : 'cp936',
+      \ 'gb_2312-80' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'iso-ir-58' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'chinese' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'csiso58gb231280' : 'euc-cn',
+      \ 'big5' : 'big5',
+      \ 'csbig5' : 'big5',
+      \ 'utf-8' : 'utf-8',
+      \ 'iso-10646-ucs-2' : 'ucs-2',
+      \ 'csunicode' : 'ucs-2',
+      \ 'utf-16' : 'utf-16',
+      \ 'utf-16be' : 'utf-16',
+      \ 'utf-16le' : 'utf-16le',
+      \ 'utf-32' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'utf-32be' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'utf-32le' : 'ucs-4le',
+      \ 'iso-10646-ucs-4' : 'ucs-4',
+      \ 'csucs4' : 'ucs-4'
+      \ }
+lockvar g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding
+"}}}
+
+func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2) "{{{
   let s:settings = tohtml#GetUserSettings()
 
-  if !&diff || s:settings.diff_one_file
+  if !&diff || s:settings.diff_one_file "{{{
     if a:line2 >= a:line1
       let g:html_start_line = a:line1
       let g:html_end_line = a:line2
@@ -24,31 +298,51 @@ func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2)
       let g:html_start_line = a:line2
       let g:html_end_line = a:line1
     endif
-    runtime syntax/2html.vim
-  else
+    runtime syntax/2html.vim "}}}
+  else "{{{
     let win_list = []
     let buf_list = []
     windo | if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
     let s:settings.whole_filler = 1
     let g:html_diff_win_num = 0
     for window in win_list
+      " switch to the next buffer to convert
       exe ":" . bufwinnr(window) . "wincmd w"
+
+      " figure out whether current charset and encoding will work, if not
+      " default to UTF-8
+      if !exists('g:html_use_encoding') &&
+	    \ (((&l:fileencoding=='' || (&l:buftype!='' && &l:buftype!=?'help'))
+	    \      && &encoding!=?s:settings.vim_encoding)
+	    \ || &l:fileencoding!='' && &l:fileencoding!=?s:settings.vim_encoding)
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: mismatched file encodings in Diff buffers, using UTF-8"
+	echohl None
+	let s:settings.vim_encoding = 'utf-8'
+	let s:settings.encoding = 'UTF-8'
+      endif
+
+      " set up for diff-mode conversion
       let g:html_start_line = 1
       let g:html_end_line = line('$')
       let g:html_diff_win_num += 1
+
+      " convert this file
       runtime syntax/2html.vim
+
+      " remember the HTML buffer for later combination
       call add(buf_list, bufnr('%'))
     endfor
     unlet g:html_diff_win_num
     call tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
-  endif
+  endif "}}}
 
   unlet g:html_start_line
   unlet g:html_end_line
   unlet s:settings
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}
 
-func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
+func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   let xml_line = ""
   let tag_close = '>'
 
@@ -87,7 +381,7 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
   call add(html, '<head>')
 
   " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
-  " contained in XML information (to avoid haggling over content type)
+  " contained in XML information
   if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
     call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
   endif
@@ -97,12 +391,25 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
   call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
   call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
 	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
+	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
 	\ '"'.tag_close)
+  call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
+	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
+	\ ? g:colors_name
+	\ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
 
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
-  call add(html, '<body>')
-  call add(html, '<table border="1" width="100%">')
+  if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();'>")
+    call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
+  else
+    call add(html, '<body>')
+  endif
+  call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
   for buf in a:win_list
@@ -133,7 +440,8 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
       let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
     endif
 
-    " Grab the style information.  Some of this will be duplicated...
+    " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
+    " it if it's not already there. {{{
     1
     let style_start = search('^<style type="text/css">')
     1
@@ -151,22 +459,27 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
 	  let insert_index += 1
 	endif
       endfor
-    endif
+    endif " }}}
 
+    " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
+    " properly overrides normal highlight
     if diff_style_start != 0
       let insert_index = diff_style_start
     endif
 
-    " Delete those parts that are not needed so
-    " we can include the rest into the resulting table
-    1,/^<body/d_
+    " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
+    " resulting table.
+    1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
     $
     ?</body>?,$d_
     let temp = getline(1,'$')
+    " clean out id on the main content container because we already set it on
+    " the table
+    let temp[0] = substitute(temp[0], " id='vimCodeElement'", "", "")
     " undo deletion of start and end part
     " so we can later save the file as valid html
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
-    normal 2u
+    normal! 2u
     if s:settings.use_css
       call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
@@ -203,18 +516,67 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
   " just in case some user autocmd creates content in the new buffer, make sure
   " it is empty before proceeding
   %d
+
+  " set the fileencoding to match the charset we'll be using
+  let &l:fileencoding=s:settings.vim_encoding
+
+  " According to http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/charset.html#doc-char-set, the byte
+  " order mark is highly recommend on the web when using multibyte encodings. But,
+  " it is not a good idea to include it on UTF-8 files. Otherwise, let Vim
+  " determine when it is actually inserted.
+  if s:settings.vim_encoding == 'utf-8'
+    setlocal nobomb
+  else
+    setlocal bomb
+  endif
+
   call append(0, html)
 
   if len(style) > 0
     1
     let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
 
+    " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
+    " and again without adjusting {{{
+
+    " insert script closing tag if any javascript is needed
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ '',
+	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	    \ "</script>"
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+
+    " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
+    " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
+    " it works.
+    if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ '',
+	    \ '/* simulate a "ch" unit by asking the browser how big a zero character is */',
+	    \ 'function FixCharWidth() {',
+	    \ '  /* get the hidden element which gives the width of a single character */',
+	    \ '  var goodWidth = document.getElementById("oneCharWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  /* get all input elements, we''ll filter on class later */',
+	    \ '  var inputTags = document.getElementsByTagName("input");',
+	    \ '  var ratio = 5;',
+	    \ '  var inputWidth = document.getElementById("oneInputWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  var emWidth = document.getElementById("oneEmWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  if (inputWidth > goodWidth) {',
+	    \ '    while (ratio < 100*goodWidth/emWidth && ratio < 100) {',
+	    \ '    ratio += 5;',
+	    \ '  }',
+	    \ '  document.getElementById("vimCodeElement").className = "em"+ratio;',
+	    \ '  }',
+	    \ '}'
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+
     " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
     " if dynamic folding is active.
     if s:settings.dynamic_folds
       call append(style_start, [
-	    \  "<script type='text/javascript'>",
-	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "  <!--",
 	    \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
 	    \  "  {",
 	    \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
@@ -231,16 +593,21 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
 	    \  "      }",
 	    \  "    }",
 	    \  "  }",
-	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : "  -->",
-	    \  "</script>"
 	    \ ])
     endif
 
+    " insert script tag if any javascript is needed
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.prevent_copy != ""
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
+    endif "}}}
+
     " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
     " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
     " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
     " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
-    " is pretty useless for really long lines.
+    " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
     if s:settings.use_css
       call append(style_start,
 	    \ ['<style type="text/css">']+
@@ -252,28 +619,28 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list)
 	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
 	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
 	    \   '</style>'
-	    \ ])
-    endif
+	    \])
+    endif "}}}
   endif
 
   let &paste = s:old_paste
   let &magic = s:old_magic
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}
 
 " Gets a single user option and sets it in the passed-in Dict, or gives it the
 " default value if the option doesn't actually exist.
-func! tohtml#GetOption(settings, option, default)
+func! tohtml#GetOption(settings, option, default) "{{{
   if exists('g:html_'.a:option)
     let a:settings[a:option] = g:html_{a:option}
   else
     let a:settings[a:option] = a:default
   endif
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}
 
 " returns a Dict containing the values of all user options for 2html, including
 " default values for those not given an explicit value by the user. Discards the
 " html_ prefix of the option for nicer looking code.
-func! tohtml#GetUserSettings()
+func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
   if exists('s:settings')
     " just restore the known options if we've already retrieved them
     return s:settings
@@ -289,21 +656,24 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings()
       let g:html_use_xhtml = g:use_xhtml
     endif
 
-    " get current option settings with appropriate defaults
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress',  !has("statusline") )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines',  &number )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css',  1 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler',  0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml',  0 )
+    " get current option settings with appropriate defaults {{{
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,    'no_progress', !has("statusline") )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'diff_one_file', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'number_lines', &number )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'pre_wrap', &wrap )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,        'use_css', 1 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_invalid', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    " }}}
     
-    " override those settings that need it
+    " override those settings that need it {{{
 
     " hover opening implies dynamic folding
     if user_settings.hover_unfold
@@ -324,6 +694,8 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings()
     " dynamic folding implies css
     if user_settings.dynamic_folds
       let user_settings.use_css = 1
+    else
+      let user_settings.no_foldcolumn = 1 " won't do anything but for consistency and for the test suite
     endif
 
     " if we're not using CSS we cannot use a pre section because <font> tags
@@ -332,47 +704,154 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings()
       let user_settings.no_pre = 1
     endif
 
-    " Figure out proper MIME charset from the 'encoding' option.
-    if exists("g:html_use_encoding")
-      let user_settings.encoding = g:html_use_encoding
+    " pre_wrap doesn't do anything if not using pre or not using CSS
+    if user_settings.no_pre || !user_settings.use_css
+      let user_settings.pre_wrap=0
+    endif
+    "}}}
+
+    " set up expand_tabs option after all the overrides so we know the
+    " appropriate defaults {{{
+    if user_settings.no_pre == 0
+      call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,
+	    \ 'expand_tabs',
+	    \ &expandtab || &ts != 8 || user_settings.number_lines ||
+	    \   (user_settings.dynamic_folds && !user_settings.no_foldcolumn))
     else
-      let vim_encoding = &encoding
-      if vim_encoding =~ '^8bit\|^2byte'
-	let vim_encoding = substitute(vim_encoding, '^8bit-\|^2byte-', '', '')
+      let user_settings.expand_tabs = 1
+    endif
+    " }}}
+
+    " textual options
+    if exists("g:html_use_encoding") "{{{
+      " user specified the desired MIME charset, figure out proper
+      " 'fileencoding' from it or warn the user if we cannot
+      let user_settings.encoding = g:html_use_encoding
+      let user_settings.vim_encoding = tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(g:html_use_encoding)
+      if user_settings.vim_encoding == ''
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: file encoding for"
+	      \ g:html_use_encoding
+	      \ "unknown, please set 'fileencoding'"
+	echohl None
       endif
-      if vim_encoding == 'latin1'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'iso-8859-1'
-      elseif vim_encoding =~ "^cp12"
-	let user_settings.encoding = substitute(vim_encoding, 'cp', 'windows-', '')
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'sjis' || vim_encoding == 'cp932'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'Shift_JIS'
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'big5' || vim_encoding == 'cp950'
-	let user_settings.encoding = "Big5"
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'euc-cn'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'GB_2312-80'
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'euc-tw'
-	let user_settings.encoding = ""
-      elseif vim_encoding =~ '^euc\|^iso\|^koi'
-	let user_settings.encoding = substitute(vim_encoding, '.*', '\U\0', '')
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'cp949'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'KS_C_5601-1987'
-      elseif vim_encoding == 'cp936'
-	let user_settings.encoding = 'GBK'
-      elseif vim_encoding =~ '^ucs\|^utf'
+    else
+      " Figure out proper MIME charset from 'fileencoding' if possible
+      if &l:fileencoding != '' 
+	" If the buffer is not a "normal" type, the 'fileencoding' value may not
+	" be trusted; since the buffer should not be written the fileencoding is
+	" not intended to be used.
+	if &l:buftype=='' || &l:buftype==?'help'
+	  let user_settings.vim_encoding = &l:fileencoding
+	  call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+	else
+	  let user_settings.encoding = '' " trigger detection using &encoding
+	endif
+      endif
+
+      " else from 'encoding' if possible
+      if &l:fileencoding == '' || user_settings.encoding == ''
+	let user_settings.vim_encoding = &encoding
+	call tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(user_settings)
+      endif
+
+      " else default to UTF-8 and warn user
+      if user_settings.encoding == ''
+	let user_settings.vim_encoding = 'utf-8'
 	let user_settings.encoding = 'UTF-8'
-      else
-	let user_settings.encoding = ""
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg "TOhtml: couldn't determine MIME charset, using UTF-8"
+	echohl None
       endif
+    endif "}}}
+
+    " Default to making nothing uncopyable, because we default to
+    " not-standards way of doing things, and also because Microsoft Word and
+    " others paste the <input> elements anyway.
+    "
+    " html_prevent_copy only has an effect when using CSS.
+    "
+    " All options:
+    "	  f - fold column
+    "	  n - line numbers (also within fold text)
+    "	  t - fold text
+    "	  d - diff filler
+    "	  c - concealed text (reserved future)
+    "	  l - listchars (reserved possible future)
+    "	  s - signs (reserved possible future)
+    "
+    " Normal text is always selectable.
+    let user_settings.prevent_copy = ""
+    if user_settings.use_css
+      if exists("g:html_prevent_copy")
+	if user_settings.dynamic_folds && !user_settings.no_foldcolumn && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'f'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'f'
+	endif
+	if user_settings.number_lines && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'n'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'n'
+	endif
+	if &diff && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'd'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'd'
+	endif
+	if !user_settings.ignore_folding && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 't'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 't'
+	endif
+      else
+	let user_settings.prevent_copy = ""
+      endif
+    endif
+    if empty(user_settings.prevent_copy)
+      let user_settings.no_invalid = 0
     endif
 
     " TODO: font
 
     return user_settings
   endif
-endfunc
+endfunc "}}}
+
+" get the proper HTML charset name from a Vim encoding option.
+function! tohtml#CharsetFromEncoding(settings) "{{{
+  let l:vim_encoding = a:settings.vim_encoding
+  if exists('g:html_charset_override') && has_key(g:html_charset_override, l:vim_encoding)
+    let a:settings.encoding = g:html_charset_override[l:vim_encoding]
+  else
+    if l:vim_encoding =~ '^8bit\|^2byte'
+      " 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes are to indicate encodings available on the
+      " system that Vim will convert with iconv(), look up just the encoding name,
+      " not Vim's prefix.
+      let l:vim_encoding = substitute(l:vim_encoding, '^8bit-\|^2byte-', '', '')
+    endif
+    if has_key(g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset, l:vim_encoding)
+      let a:settings.encoding = g:tohtml#encoding_to_charset[l:vim_encoding]
+    else
+      let a:settings.encoding = ""
+    endif
+  endif
+  if a:settings.encoding != ""
+    let l:vim_encoding = tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(a:settings.encoding)
+    if l:vim_encoding != ""
+      " if the Vim encoding to HTML encoding conversion is set up (by default or
+      " by the user) to convert to a different encoding, we need to also change
+      " the Vim encoding of the new buffer
+      let a:settings.vim_encoding = l:vim_encoding
+    endif
+  endif
+endfun "}}}
+
+" Get the proper Vim encoding option setting from an HTML charset name.
+function! tohtml#EncodingFromCharset(encoding) "{{{
+  if exists('g:html_encoding_override') && has_key(g:html_encoding_override, a:encoding)
+    return g:html_encoding_override[a:encoding]
+  elseif has_key(g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding, tolower(a:encoding))
+    return g:tohtml#charset_to_encoding[tolower(a:encoding)]
+  else
+    return ""
+  endif
+endfun "}}}
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_sav
 unlet s:cpo_sav
 
 " Make sure any patches will probably use consistent indent
-"   vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2 noet
+"   vim: ts=8 sw=2 sts=2 noet fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
-" Version:	31
+" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
+" Version:	35
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
-" Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+" Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
 "            No warranty, express or implied.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_vimball = "v31"
+let g:loaded_vimball = "v35"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
@@ -67,10 +67,10 @@ endif
 " vimball#MkVimball: creates a vimball given a list of paths to files {{{2
 " Input:
 "     line1,line2: a range of lines containing paths to files to be included in the vimball
-"     writelevel : if true, force a write to filename.vba, even if it exists
+"     writelevel : if true, force a write to filename.vmb, even if it exists
 "                  (usually accomplished with :MkVimball! ...
-"     filename   : base name of file to be created (ie. filename.vba)
-" Output: a filename.vba using vimball format:
+"     filename   : base name of file to be created (ie. filename.vmb)
+" Output: a filename.vmb using vimball format:
 "     path
 "     filesize
 "     [file]
@@ -80,12 +80,12 @@ endif
 fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
 "  call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:1.">) a:0=".a:0)
   if a:1 =~ '\.vim$' || a:1 =~ '\.txt$'
-   let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vba','')
+   let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vmb','')
   else
    let vbname= a:1
   endif
-  if vbname !~ '\.vba$'
-   let vbname= vbname.'.vba'
+  if vbname !~ '\.vmb$'
+   let vbname= vbname.'.vmb'
   endif
 "  call Decho("vbname<".vbname.">")
   if !a:writelevel && a:1 =~ '[\/]'
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
    " create/switch to mkvimball tab
    if !exists("vbtabnr")
     tabnew
-    silent! file Vimball
+    sil! file Vimball
     let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
    else
     exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "  call Dfunc("vimball#Vimball(really=".a:really.") a:0=".a:0)
 
   if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !exists('*fnameescape'))
-   echoerr "your vim is missing the fnameescape() function"
-"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299")
+   echoerr "your vim is missing the fnameescape() function (pls upgrade to vim 7.2 or later)"
+"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299 or later")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -214,13 +214,22 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   " set up vimball tab
 "  call Decho("setting up vimball tab")
   tabnew
-  silent! file Vimball
+  sil! file Vimball
   let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
   let didhelp= ""
 
   " go to vim plugin home
   if a:0 > 0
+   " let user specify the directory where the vimball is to be unpacked.
+   " If, however, the user did not specify a full path, set the home to be below the current directory
    let home= expand(a:1)
+   if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
+	if home !~ '^\a:[/\\]'
+	 let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+	endif
+   elseif home !~ '^/'
+	let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+   endif
   else
    let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
@@ -254,11 +263,10 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
    let fname   = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
    let fname   = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
-"   let fsize   = getline(linenr+1)+0
    let fsize   = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\(\d\+\).\{-}$','\1','')+0
-   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\+\)$','\1','')
+   let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\{-}\)$','\1','')
    let filecnt = filecnt + 1
-"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt)
+"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt. " fenc=".fenc)
 
    if a:really
     echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
@@ -283,11 +291,14 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 "    call Decho("making directories if they don't exist yet (fname<".fname.">)")
     let fnamebuf= substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
 	let dirpath = substitute(home,'\\','/','g')
+"	call Decho("init: fnamebuf<".fnamebuf.">")
+"	call Decho("init: dirpath <".dirpath.">")
     while fnamebuf =~ '/'
      let dirname  = dirpath."/".substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','')
 	 let dirpath  = dirname
      let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','')
 "	 call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
+"	 call Decho("dirpath<".dirpath.">")
      if !isdirectory(dirname)
 "      call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
       if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
@@ -306,20 +317,22 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    let linenr   = linenr + 2
    let lastline = linenr + fsize - 1
 "   call Decho("exe ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a")
-   exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"
+   " no point in handling a zero-length file
+   if lastline >= linenr
+    exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"
 
-   " copy "a" buffer into tab
+    " copy "a" buffer into tab
 "   call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
-   exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
-   setlocal ma
-   silent! %d
-   silent put a
-   1
-   silent d
+    exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
+    setlocal ma
+    sil! %d
+    silent put a
+    1
+    sil! d
 
-   " write tab to file
-   if a:really
-    let fnamepath= home."/".fname
+    " write tab to file
+    if a:really
+     let fnamepath= home."/".fname
 "    call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath))
 	if fenc != ""
 	 exe "silent w! ++enc=".fnameescape(fenc)." ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
@@ -328,17 +341,18 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
 	endif
 	echo "wrote ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
 	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
-   endif
+    endif
 
-   " return to tab with vimball
+    " return to tab with vimball
 "   call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
-   exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+    exe "tabn ".curtabnr
 
-   " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
+    " set up help if its a doc/*.txt file
 "   call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
-   if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
-   	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
+    if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
+    	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
 "	call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+    endif
    endif
 
    " update for next file
@@ -400,7 +414,9 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
    let curfile= a:1
 "   call Decho("case a:0=".a:0.": curfile<".curfile.">")
   endif
-  if curfile =~ '\.vba$'
+  if curfile =~ '\.vmb$'
+   let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
+  elseif curfile =~ '\.vba$'
    let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
   endif
   if a:0 >= 2
@@ -418,13 +434,17 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
 "   call Decho(".VimballRecord is readable")
 "   call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
    keepalt keepjumps 1split 
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    let keepsrch= @/
 "   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\mvba: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m{vba|vmb}: ')
+"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.{vba|vmb}: ')
    if search('^\M'.curfile."\m: ".'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvmb: ",'cw')
+	let foundit= 2
+   elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vmb: ','cw')
+	let foundit= 2
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvba: ",'cw')
 	let foundit= 1
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ','cw')
@@ -433,25 +453,29 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
     let foundit = 0
    endif
    if foundit
-	let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	if foundit == 1
+	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+	else
+	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vmb: ','','')
+	endif
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(exestring,'call delete(','','g')
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(s:VBRstring,"[')]",'','g')
 "	call Decho("exe ".exestring)
-	silent! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
-	silent! keepalt keepjumps d
+	sil! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
+	sil! keepalt keepjumps d
 	let exestring= strlen(substitute(exestring,'call delete(.\{-})|\=',"D","g"))
 "	call Decho("exestring<".exestring.">")
 	echomsg "removed ".exestring." files"
    else
     let s:VBRstring= ''
-	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vba','','')
+	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
 "    call Decho("unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
 	if !exists("s:ok_unablefind")
      call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(RmVimball) unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
 	endif
    endif
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps wq!
    let @/= keepsrch
   endif
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)
@@ -557,9 +581,19 @@ endfun
 fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
 "  call Dfunc("ChgDir(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
   if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
-   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   try
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   catch  /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+    call mkdir(fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g')))
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
+   endtry
   else
-   exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   try
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   catch  /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E/
+    call mkdir(fnameescape(a:newdir))
+    exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
+   endtry
   endif
 "  call Dret("ChgDir : curdir<".getcwd().">")
 endfun
@@ -599,7 +633,7 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
    let cmd= expand("%:tr").": "
 "   call Decho("cmd<".cmd.">")
 
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    setlocal ma
    $
    if exists("s:recordfile") && exists("s:recorddir")
@@ -616,8 +650,8 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
 
    " put command into buffer, write .VimballRecord `file
    keepalt keepjumps put=cmd
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
-   silent! keepalt keepjumps wq!
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
+   sil! keepalt keepjumps wq!
    call s:ChgDir(curdir)
 
    if exists("s:recorddir")
@@ -693,10 +727,11 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
   let s:repkeep = &report
   let s:vekeep  = &ve
   let s:ffkeep  = &l:ff
+  let s:swfkeep = &l:swf
   if exists("&acd")
-   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all noacd nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
   else
-   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix
+   setlocal ei=all ve=all       nofen noic report=999 nohid bt= ma lz pm= ff=unix noswf
   endif
   " vimballs should be in unix format
   setlocal ff=unix
@@ -732,6 +767,9 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
 "  call Dret("RestoreSettings")
 endfun
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines: {{{1
 " vim: fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Apr 12, 2010
-" Version:	23
+" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
+" Version:	25
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v23"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -103,38 +103,26 @@ fun! zip#Browse(zipfile)
   set ft=tar
 
   " give header
-  let lastline= line("$")
-  call setline(lastline+1,'" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip)
-  call setline(lastline+2,'" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile)
-  call setline(lastline+3,'" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER')
-  $put =''
-  0d
-  $
+  call append(0, ['" zip.vim version '.g:loaded_zip,
+ \                '" Browsing zipfile '.a:zipfile,
+ \                '" Select a file with cursor and press ENTER'])
+  keepj $
 
 "  call Decho("exe silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1))
-  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -l -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
+  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -Z -1 -- ".s:Escape(a:zipfile,1)
   if v:shell_error != 0
    redraw!
    echohl WarningMsg | echo "***warning*** (zip#Browse) ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)." is not a zip file" | echohl None
 "   call inputsave()|call input("Press <cr> to continue")|call inputrestore()
-   silent %d
+   keepj sil! %d
    let eikeep= &ei
    set ei=BufReadCmd,FileReadCmd
-   exe "r ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
+   exe "keepj r ".fnameescape(a:zipfile)
    let &ei= eikeep
-   1d
+   keepj 1d
 "   call Dret("zip#Browse")
    return
   endif
-"  call Decho("line 6: ".getline(6))
-  let namecol= stridx(getline(6),'Name') + 1
-"  call Decho("namecol=".namecol)
-  4,$g/^\s*----/d
-  4,$g/^\s*\a/d
-  $d
-  if namecol > 0
-   exe 'silent 4,$s/^.*\%'.namecol.'c//'
-  endif
 
   setlocal noma nomod ro
   noremap <silent> <buffer> <cr> :call <SID>ZipBrowseSelect()<cr>
@@ -205,11 +193,12 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")
 
-"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fname,1))
-  exe "silent r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fname,1)
+"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1))
+  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  filetype detect
 
   " cleanup
-  0d
+  keepj 0d
   set nomod
 
   let &report= repkeep

runtime/compiler/cs.vim

@@ -1,19 +1,26 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	ms C#
-" Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:	Zhou YiChao (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
+" Previous Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "cs"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-" default errorformat
 CompilerSet errorformat&
+CompilerSet errorformat+=%f(%l\\,%v):\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
+            \%trror%*[^:]:\ %m,
+            \%tarning%*[^:]:\ %m
 
-" default make
 CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/decada.vim

@@ -15,11 +15,11 @@
 "    Help Page: compiler-decada
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-if (exists("current_compiler")	    &&
-   \ current_compiler == "decada")  ||
-   \ version < 700
+if (exists("current_compiler") && current_compiler == "decada") || version < 700
    finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 let current_compiler = "decada"
 
@@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ endif
 execute "CompilerSet makeprg="     . escape (g:decada.Make_Command, ' ')
 execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:decada.Error_Format, ' ')
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 finish " 1}}}
 
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/compiler/erlang.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:     Erlang
+" Maintainer:	Dmitry Vasiliev <dima at hlabs dot org>
+" Last Change:	2012-02-13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "erlang"
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:\ %m

runtime/compiler/g95.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Compiler: G95
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.3
+" Last Change: 2012 Apr 30
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3492
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-g95.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'g95'
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%AIn\ file\ %f:%l,
+            \%-C%p1,
+            \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%tarning\ (%n):\ %m,
+            \%-C%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
 let current_compiler = "gcc"
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%*[^\"]\"%f\"%*\\D%l:%c:\ %m,

runtime/compiler/gfortran.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Compiler: GNU Fortran Compiler
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.3
+" Last Change: 2012 Apr 30
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3496
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-gfortran.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'gfortran'
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%A%f:%l.%c:,
+            \%-Z%trror:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%tarning:\ %m,
+            \%-C%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/gnat.vim

@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@
 "    Help Page: compiler-gnat
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-if (exists("current_compiler")	    &&
-   \ current_compiler == "gnat")    ||
-   \ version < 700
+if (exists("current_compiler")&& current_compiler == "gnat") || version < 700
    finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 let current_compiler = "gnat"
 
@@ -62,6 +62,9 @@ endif
 execute "CompilerSet makeprg="     . escape (g:gnat.Get_Command('Make'), ' ')
 execute "CompilerSet errorformat=" . escape (g:gnat.Error_Format, ' ')
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 finish " 1}}}
 
 "------------------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/compiler/hp_acc.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:	HP aCC
 " Maintainer:	Matthias Ulrich <matthias-ulrich@web.de>
 " URL:          http://www.subhome.de/vim/hp_acc.vim
-" Last Change:	2005 Nov 19
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 "
 "  aCC --version says: "HP ANSI C++ B3910B A.03.13"
 "  This compiler has been tested on:
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "hp_acc"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -30,4 +32,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%A%trror\ %n\:\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\ \#\ %m,
          \%Z\ \ \ \ %p^%.%#,
          \%-C%.%#
 
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
 " vim:ts=8:sw=4:cindent

runtime/compiler/ifort.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+" Compiler: Intel Fortran Compiler
+" Maintainer: H Xu <xuhdev@gmail.com>
+" Version: 0.1.1
+" Last Change: 2012 Apr 30
+" Homepage: http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=3497
+"           https://bitbucket.org/xuhdev/compiler-ifort.vim
+" License: Same as Vim
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'ifort'
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%A%f(%l):\ %trror\ \#%n:\ %m,
+            \%A%f(%l):\ %tarning\ \#%n:\ %m,
+            \%-Z%p^,
+            \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/intel.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     Intel C++ 7.1
 " Maintainer:   David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:  2004 May 16
+" Last Change:  2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "intel"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f(%l):\ error:\ %m,
 		    \%-Z\ \ %p^,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/irix5_c.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 5.3 cc
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "irix5_c"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=\%Ecfe:\ Error:\ %f\\,\ line\ %l:\ %m,
 		     \%-Z\ %p^,
 		     \-G\\s%#,
 		     \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/irix5_cpp.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 5.3 CC or NCC
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "irix5_cpp"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%E\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l:\ error(%n):\ ,
 		      \%-Z\ \ %p%^,
 		      \%+C\ %\\{10}%.%#,
 		      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/mcs.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:    Mono C# Compiler
 " Maintainer:  Jarek Sobiecki <harijari@go2.pl>
-" Latest Revision: 2006-06-18
+" Last Updated By: Peter Collingbourne
+" Latest Revision: 2012 Jul 19
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,13 +13,18 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 setlocal errorformat=
+         \%D%.%#Project\ \"%f/%[%^/\"]%#\"%.%#,
+         \%X%.%#Done\ building\ project\ \"%f/%[%^/\"]%#\"%.%#,
+         \%-G%\\s%.%#,
+         \%E%f(%l):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
+         \%W%f(%l):\ warning\ CS%n:%m,
          \%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
          \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ warning\ CS%n:%m,
          \%E%>syntax\ error\\,%m,%Z%f(%l\\,%c):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
          \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
          \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
          \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f,
-         \%G-%.%#
+         \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/mips_c.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 6.5 MIPS C (cc)
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "mips_c"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%Ecc\-%n\ %.%#:\ ERROR\ File\ =\ %f\%\\,\ Line\ =\ %l,
 		    \%-Z\ \ %p^,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/mipspro_c89.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 6.5 MIPSPro C (c89)
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "mipspro_c89"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -20,3 +22,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%Ecc\-%n\ %.%#:\ ERROR\ File\ =\ %f\%\\,\ Line\ =\ %l,
 		    \%+C\ \ %m,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/mipspro_cpp.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	SGI IRIX 6.5 MIPSPro C++ (CC)
 " Maintainer:	David Harrison <david_jr@users.sourceforge.net>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "mipspro_cpp"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -19,3 +21,6 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%Ecc\-%n\ %.%#:\ ERROR\ File\ =\ %f\%\\,\ Line\ =\ %l,
 		    \%-Z\ \ %p^,
 		    \%-G\\s%#,
 		    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/rst.vim

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ endif
 let current_compiler = "rst"
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 setlocal errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ (%tEBUG/0)\ %m,

runtime/compiler/tex.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,13 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     TeX
 " Maintainer:   Artem Chuprina <ran@ran.pp.ru>
-" Last Change:  2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:  2012 Apr 30
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
 	finish
 endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
@@ -30,9 +32,6 @@ else
 	let current_compiler = 'make'
 endif
 
-let s:cpo_save = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
-
 " Value errorformat are taken from vim help, see :help errorformat-LaTeX, with
 " addition from Srinath Avadhanula <srinath@fastmail.fm>
 CompilerSet errorformat=%E!\ LaTeX\ %trror:\ %m,
@@ -64,5 +63,5 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=%E!\ LaTeX\ %trror:\ %m,
 	\%+Q%*[^()])%r,
 	\%+Q[%\\d%*[^()])%r
 
-let &cpo = s:cpo_save
-unlet s:cpo_save
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/doc/arabic.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2005 Mar 29
+*arabic.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Nadim Shaikli
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ o  Enable Arabic settings [short-cut]
 		:set arabic
 <
    The two above noted possible invocations are the preferred manner
-   in which users are instructed to proceed.  Baring an enabled 'termbidi'
+   in which users are instructed to proceed.  Barring an enabled 'termbidi'
    setting, both command options:
 
      1. set the appropriate keymap

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 22
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ files matching *.c.  You can also use autocommands to implement advanced
 features, such as editing compressed files (see |gzip-example|).  The usual
 place to put autocommands is in your .vimrc or .exrc file.
 
-							*E203* *E204* *E143*
+						*E203* *E204* *E143* *E855*
 WARNING: Using autocommands is very powerful, and may lead to unexpected side
 effects.  Be careful not to destroy your text.
 - It's a good idea to do some testing on an expendable copy of a file first.
@@ -263,8 +263,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
 |GUIEnter|		after starting the GUI successfully
+|GUIFailed|		after starting the GUI failed
 |TermResponse|		after the terminal response to |t_RV| is received
 
+|QuitPre|		when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to quit
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
@@ -299,6 +301,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
+|InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
+			inserting it
 
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme
 
@@ -310,6 +314,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |SessionLoadPost|	after loading a session file
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 
@@ -383,6 +388,10 @@ BufRead or BufReadPost		When starting to edit a new buffer, after
 				This does NOT work for ":r file".  Not used
 				when the file doesn't exist.  Also used after
 				successfully recovering a file.
+				Also triggered for the filetypedetect group
+				when executing ":filetype detect" and when
+				writing an unnamed buffer in a way that the
+				buffer gets a name.
 							*BufReadCmd*
 BufReadCmd			Before starting to edit a new buffer.  Should
 				read the file into the buffer. |Cmd-event|
@@ -446,6 +455,9 @@ BufWriteCmd			Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 				'modified' if successful, unless '+' is in
 				'cpo' and writing to another file |cpo-+|.
 				The buffer contents should not be changed.
+				When the command resets 'modified' the undo
+				information is adjusted to mark older undo
+				states as 'modified', like |:write| does.
 				|Cmd-event|
 							*BufWritePost*
 BufWritePost			After writing the whole buffer to a file
@@ -469,6 +481,11 @@ CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 							*ColorScheme*
 ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 
+							*CompleteDone*
+CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
+				when something was completed or abandoning
+				completion. |ins-completion|
+
 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not re-triggered
@@ -506,6 +523,7 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
 				not expect or that is slow.
 							*CursorMovedI*
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
 							*EncodingChanged*
 EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
@@ -657,6 +675,17 @@ InsertChange			When typing <Insert> while in Insert or
 				indicates the new mode.
 				Be careful not to move the cursor or do
 				anything else that the user does not expect.
+							*InsertCharPre*
+InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
+				before inserting the char.
+				The |v:char| variable indicates the char typed
+				and can be changed during the event to insert
+				a different character.  When |v:char| is set
+				to more than one character this text is
+				inserted literally.
+				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
+				The event is not triggered when 'paste' is
+				set.
 							*InsertEnter*
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
@@ -682,7 +711,10 @@ MenuPopup			Just before showing the popup menu (under the
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 				|:lmake|, |:grep|, |:lgrep|, |:grepadd|,
 				|:lgrepadd|, |:vimgrep|, |:lvimgrep|,
-				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|).
+				|:vimgrepadd|, |:lvimgrepadd|, |:cscope|,
+				|:cfile|, |:cgetfile|, |:caddfile|, |:lfile|,
+				|:lgetfile|, |:laddfile|, |:helpgrep|,
+				|:lhelpgrep|).
 				The pattern is matched against the command
 				being run.  When |:grep| is used but 'grepprg'
 				is set to "internal" it still matches "grep".
@@ -693,7 +725,16 @@ QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
 							*QuickFixCmdPost*
 QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				command is run, before jumping to the first
-				location.  See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
+				location. For |:cfile| and |:lfile| commands
+				it is run after error file is read and before
+				moving to the first error. 
+				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
+							*QuitPre*
+QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
+				deciding whether it closes the current window
+				or quits Vim.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window if the current window is
+				the last ordinary window.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The
@@ -786,7 +827,10 @@ TermChanged			After the value of 'term' has changed.  Useful
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
 				can be used to do things depending on the
-				terminal version.
+				terminal version.  Note that this event may be
+				triggered halfway executing another event,
+				especially if file I/O, a shell command or
+				anything else that takes time is involved.
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
@@ -1032,7 +1076,7 @@ Note that the 'eventignore' option applies here too.  Events listed in this
 option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 
 					*:do* *:doau* *:doautocmd* *E217*
-:do[autocmd] [group] {event} [fname]
+:do[autocmd] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
 			Apply the autocommands matching [fname] (default:
 			current file name) for {event} to the current buffer.
 			You can use this when the current file name does not
@@ -1041,8 +1085,8 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			It's possible to use this inside an autocommand too,
 			so you can base the autocommands for one extension on
 			another extension.  Example: >
-				:au Bufenter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
-				:au Bufenter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
+				:au BufEnter *.cpp so ~/.vimrc_cpp
+				:au BufEnter *.cpp doau BufEnter x.c
 <			Be careful to avoid endless loops.  See
 			|autocmd-nested|.
 
@@ -1051,14 +1095,17 @@ option will not cause any commands to be executed.
 			argument is included, Vim executes only the matching
 			autocommands for that group.  Note: if you use an
 			undefined group name, Vim gives you an error message.
-
+							*<nomodeline>*
 			After applying the autocommands the modelines are
 			processed, so that their settings overrule the
 			settings from autocommands, like what happens when
-			editing a file.
+			editing a file. This is skipped when the <nomodeline>
+			argument is present. You probably want to use
+			<nomodeline> for events that are not used when loading
+			a buffer, such as |User|.
 
 						*:doautoa* *:doautoall*
-:doautoa[ll] [group] {event} [fname]
+:doautoa[ll] [<nomodeline>] [group] {event} [fname]
 			Like ":doautocmd", but apply the autocommands to each
 			loaded buffer.  Note that [fname] is used to select
 			the autocommands, not the buffers to which they are

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 29
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
 			"D" deletes the highlighted text plus all text until
 			the end of the line.  {not in Vi}
 
-						*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete*
+					*:d* *:de* *:del* *:delete* *:dl*
 :[range]d[elete] [x]	Delete [range] lines (default: current line) [into
 			register x].
 
@@ -80,15 +80,16 @@ For inserting text see |insert.txt|.
 			(default: current line |cmdline-ranges|) [into
 			register x].
 
-These commands delete text.  You can repeat them with the "." command
-(except ":d") and undo them.  Use Visual mode to delete blocks of text.  See
+These commands delete text.  You can repeat them with the `.` command
+(except `:d`) and undo them.  Use Visual mode to delete blocks of text.  See
 |registers| for an explanation of registers.
 
 An exception for the d{motion} command: If the motion is not linewise, the
 start and end of the motion are not in the same line, and there are only
 blanks before the start and after the end of the motion, the delete becomes
 linewise.  This means that the delete also removes the line of blanks that you
-might expect to remain.
+might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to force the motion to be
+characterwise.
 
 Trying to delete an empty region of text (e.g., "d0" in the first column)
 is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ gJ			Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
 			See |ex-flags| for [flags].
 
 These commands delete the <EOL> between lines.  This has the effect of joining
-multiple lines into one line.  You can repeat these commands (except ":j") and
+multiple lines into one line.  You can repeat these commands (except `:j`) and
 undo them.
 
 These commands, except "gJ", insert one space in place of the <EOL> unless
@@ -259,6 +260,12 @@ r{char}			Replace the character under the cursor with {char}.
 			<CR>.  CTRL-V <NL> replaces with a <Nul>.
 			{Vi: CTRL-V <CR> still replaces with a line break,
 			cannot replace something with a <CR>}
+
+			If {char} is CTRL-E or CTRL-Y the character from the
+			line below or above is used, just like with |i_CTRL-E|
+			and |i_CTRL-Y|.  This also works with a count, thus
+			`10r<C-E>` copies 10 characters from the line below.
+
 			If you give a [count], Vim replaces [count] characters
 			with [count] {char}s.  When {char} is a <CR> or <NL>,
 			however, Vim inserts only one <CR>: "5r<CR>" replaces
@@ -464,9 +471,9 @@ much as possible to make the indent.  You can use ">><<" to replace an indent
 made out of spaces with the same indent made out of <Tab>s (and a few spaces
 if necessary).  If the 'expandtab' option is on, Vim uses only spaces.  Then
 you can use ">><<" to replace <Tab>s in the indent by spaces (or use
-":retab!").
+`:retab!`).
 
-To move a line several 'shiftwidth's, use Visual mode or the ":" commands.
+To move a line several 'shiftwidth's, use Visual mode or the `:` commands.
 For example: >
 	Vjj4>		move three lines 4 indents to the right
 	:<<<		move current line 3 indents to the left
@@ -486,7 +493,7 @@ Examples of filters are "sort", which sorts lines alphabetically, and
 works like a filter; not all versions do).  The 'shell' option specifies the
 shell Vim uses to execute the filter command (See also the 'shelltype'
 option).  You can repeat filter commands with ".".  Vim does not recognize a
-comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
+comment (starting with '"') after the `:!` command.
 
 							*!*
 !{motion}{filter}	Filter {motion} text lines through the external
@@ -522,11 +529,11 @@ comment (starting with '"') after the ":!" command.
 ={motion}		Filter {motion} lines through the external program
 			given with the 'equalprg' option.  When the 'equalprg'
 			option is empty (this is the default), use the
-			internal formatting function |C-indenting|.  But when
-			'indentexpr' is not empty, it will be used instead
-			|indent-expression|.  When Vim was compiled without
-			internal formatting then the "indent" program is used
-			as a last resort.
+			internal formatting function |C-indenting| and
+			|'lisp'|.  But when 'indentexpr' is not empty, it will
+			be used instead |indent-expression|.  When Vim was
+			compiled without internal formatting then the "indent"
+			program is used as a last resort.
 
 							*==*
 ==			Filter [count] lines like with ={motion}.
@@ -573,34 +580,37 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			Repeat last :substitute with same search pattern and
 			substitute string, but without the same flags.  You
 			may add [flags], see |:s_flags|.
-			Note that after ":substitute" the '&' flag can't be
+			Note that after `:substitute` the '&' flag can't be
 			used, it's recognized as a pattern separator.
-			The space between ":substitute" and the 'c', 'g' and
+			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g' and
 			'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts it's a good
 			idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
 
 :[range]~[&][flags] [count]					*:~*
 			Repeat last substitute with same substitute string
 			but with last used search pattern.  This is like
-			":&r".  See |:s_flags| for [flags].
+			`:&r`.  See |:s_flags| for [flags].
 
 								*&*
-&			Synonym for ":s" (repeat last substitute).  Note
+&			Synonym for `:s` (repeat last substitute).  Note
 			that the flags are not remembered, thus it might
-			actually work differently.  You can use ":&&" to keep
+			actually work differently.  You can use `:&&` to keep
 			the flags.
 
 								*g&*
-g&			Synonym for ":%s//~/&" (repeat last substitute on all
-			lines with the same flags).
+g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute with
+			last search pattern on all lines with the same flags).
+			For example, when you first do a substitution with
+			`:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for
+			something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`.
 			Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi}
 
 						*:snomagic* *:sno*
-:[range]sno[magic] ...	Same as ":substitute", but always use 'nomagic'.
+:[range]sno[magic] ...	Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'nomagic'.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 						*:smagic* *:sm*
-:[range]sm[agic] ...	Same as ":substitute", but always use 'magic'.
+:[range]sm[agic] ...	Same as `:substitute`, but always use 'magic'.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:s_flags*
@@ -610,7 +620,7 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 	command.  Examples: >
 		:&&
 		:s/this/that/&
-<	Note that ":s" and ":&" don't keep the flags.
+<	Note that `:s` and `:&` don't keep the flags.
 	{not in Vi}
 
 [c]	Confirm each substitution.  Vim highlights the matching string (with
@@ -659,6 +669,8 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 [n]	Report the number of matches, do not actually substitute.  The [c]
 	flag is ignored.  The matches are reported as if 'report' is zero.
 	Useful to |count-items|.
+	If \= |sub-replace-expression| is used, the expression will be
+	evaluated in the |sandbox| at every match.
 
 [p]	Print the line containing the last substitute.
 
@@ -666,14 +678,14 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 
 [l]	Like [p] but print the text like |:list|.
 
-[r]	Only useful in combination with ":&" or ":s" without arguments.  ":&r"
-	works the same way as ":~":  When the search pattern is empty, use the
+[r]	Only useful in combination with `:&` or `:s` without arguments.  `:&r`
+	works the same way as `:~`:  When the search pattern is empty, use the
 	previously used search pattern instead of the search pattern from the
-	last substitute or ":global".  If the last command that did a search
-	was a substitute or ":global", there is no effect.  If the last
+	last substitute or `:global`.  If the last command that did a search
+	was a substitute or `:global`, there is no effect.  If the last
 	command was a search command such as "/", use the pattern from that
 	command.
-	For ":s" with an argument this already happens: >
+	For `:s` with an argument this already happens: >
 		:s/blue/red/
 		/green
 		:s//red/   or  :~   or  :&r
@@ -690,8 +702,9 @@ reason is that the flags can only be found by skipping the pattern, and in
 order to skip the pattern the "magicness" must be known.  Catch 22!
 
 If the {pattern} for the substitute command is empty, the command uses the
-pattern from the last substitute or ":global" command.  With the [r] flag, the
-command uses the pattern from the last substitute, ":global", or search
+pattern from the last substitute or `:global` command.  If there is none, but
+there is a previous search pattern, that one is used.  With the [r] flag, the
+command uses the pattern from the last substitute, `:global`, or search
 command.
 
 If the {string} is omitted the substitute is done as if it's empty.  Thus the
@@ -716,11 +729,13 @@ Otherwise it works on whole lines anyway.
 
 					*sub-replace-special* *:s\=*
 When the {string} starts with "\=" it is evaluated as an expression, see
-|sub-replace-expression|.  You can use that for any special characters.
+|sub-replace-expression|.  You can use that for complex replacement or special
+characters.
+
 Otherwise these characters in {string} have a special meaning:
 								*:s%*
 When {string} is equal to "%" and '/' is included with the 'cpoptions' option,
-then the {string} of the previous substitute command is used. |cpo-/|
+then the {string} of the previous substitute command is used, see |cpo-/|
 
 magic	nomagic	  action    ~
   &	  \&	  replaced with the whole matched pattern	     *s/\&*
@@ -755,6 +770,14 @@ magic	nomagic	  action    ~
       \x	  where x is any character not mentioned above:
 		  Reserved for future expansion
 
+The special meaning is also used inside the third argument {sub} of
+the |substitute()| function with the following exceptions:
+  - A % inserts a percent literally without regard to 'cpoptions'.
+  - magic is always set without regard to 'magic'.
+  - A ~ inserts a tilde literally.
+  - <CR> and \r inserts a carriage-return (CTRL-M).
+  - \<CR> does not have a special meaning. it's just one of \x.
+
 Examples: >
   :s/a\|b/xxx\0xxx/g		 modifies "a b"	     to "xxxaxxx xxxbxxx"
   :s/\([abc]\)\([efg]\)/\2\1/g	 modifies "af fa bg" to "fa fa gb"
@@ -786,17 +809,19 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
 						*sub-replace-\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
-expression.  This does not work recursively: a substitute() function inside
+expression.  This does not work recursively: a |substitute()| function inside
 the expression cannot use "\=" for the substitute string.
 
 The special meaning for characters as mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does
-not apply except for "<CR>", "\<CR>" and "\\".  Thus in the result of the
-expression you need to use two backslashes to get one, put a backslash before a
-<CR> you want to insert, and use a <CR> without a backslash where you want to
-break the line.
+not apply except for "<CR>".  A <NL> character is used as a line break, you
+can get one with a double-quote string: "\n".  Prepend a backslash to get a
+real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
 
-For convenience a <NL> character is also used as a line break.  Prepend a
-backslash to get a real <NL> character (which will be a NUL in the file).
+The "\=" notation can also be used inside the third argument {sub} of
+|substitute()| function.  In this case, the special meaning for characters as
+mentioned at |sub-replace-special| does not apply at all. Especially, <CR> and
+<NL> are interpreted not as a line break but as a carriage-return and a
+new-line respectively.
 
 When the result is a |List| then the items are joined with separating line
 breaks.  Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line
@@ -834,7 +859,7 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign.  Read more in |<Char->|.
 
 
 4.4 Changing tabs					*change-tabs*
-							*:ret* *:retab*
+							*:ret* *:retab* *:retab!*
 :[range]ret[ab][!] [new_tabstop]
 			Replace all sequences of white-space containing a
 			<Tab> with new strings of white-space using the new
@@ -853,7 +878,7 @@ This replaces each 'E' character with a euro sign.  Read more in |<Char->|.
 			Careful: This command modifies any <Tab> characters
 			inside of strings in a C program.  Use "\t" to avoid
 			this (that's a good habit anyway).
-			":retab!" may also change a sequence of spaces by
+			`:retab!` may also change a sequence of spaces by
 			<Tab> characters, which can mess up a printf().
 			{not in Vi}
 			Not available when |+ex_extra| feature was disabled at
@@ -916,8 +941,10 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 {Visual}["x]Y		Yank the highlighted lines [into register x] (for
 			{Visual} see |Visual-mode|).  {not in Vi}
 
-							*:y* *:yank*
-:[range]y[ank] [x]	Yank [range] lines [into register x].
+							*:y* *:yank* *E850*
+:[range]y[ank] [x]	Yank [range] lines [into register x]. Yanking to the
+			"* or "+ registers is possible only when the
+			|+clipboard| feature is included.
 
 :[range]y[ank] [x] {count}
 			Yank {count} lines, starting with last line number
@@ -961,8 +988,12 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			current line).  This always works |linewise|, thus
 			this command can be used to put a yanked block as new
 			lines.
-			The cursor is left on the first non-blank in the last
-			new line.
+			If no register is specified, it depends on the 'cb'
+			option: If 'cb' contains "unnamedplus", paste from the
+			+ register |quoteplus|.  Otherwise, if 'cb' contains
+			"unnamed", paste from the * register |quotestar|.
+			Otherwise, paste from the unnamed register
+			|quote_quote|.
 			The register can also be '=' followed by an optional
 			expression.  The expression continues until the end of
 			the command.  You need to escape the '|' and '"'
@@ -1167,7 +1198,7 @@ nothing is returned.  {not in Vi}
 
 9. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
-It is writable with ":let", you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
+It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
 register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
 Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
@@ -1175,12 +1206,12 @@ Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
 {not in Vi}
 
 							*@/*
-You can write to a register with a ":let" command |:let-@|.  Example: >
+You can write to a register with a `:let` command |:let-@|.  Example: >
 	:let @/ = "the"
 
 If you use a put command without specifying a register, Vim uses the register
 that was last filled (this is also the contents of the unnamed register).  If
-you are confused, use the ":dis" command to find out what Vim will put (this
+you are confused, use the `:dis` command to find out what Vim will put (this
 command displays all named and numbered registers; the unnamed register is
 labelled '"').
 
@@ -1387,16 +1418,19 @@ before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
 alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.
 
+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
+which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
 
 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
-(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string >
-	sr:/***,m:**,ex2:******/
-
-                                   /***
-                                     **<--right aligned from "r" flag
-                                     **
-offset 2 spaces from the "2" flag--->**
-                                   ******/
+(kind of looks like a 1 too). Consider comment string: >
+	:set comments=sr:/***,m:**,ex-2:******/
+<
+                                   /*** ~
+                                     **<--right aligned from "r" flag ~
+                                     ** ~
+offset 2 spaces for the "-2" flag--->** ~
+                                   ******/ ~
 In this case, the first comment was typed, then return was pressed 4 times,
 then "/" was pressed to end the comment.
 
@@ -1414,8 +1448,8 @@ Reindenting using a different method like |gq| or |=| will not consult
 alignment flags either. The same behaviour can be defined in those other
 formatting options. One consideration is that 'cindent' has additional options
 for context based indenting of comments but cannot replicate many three piece
-indent alignments.  However, 'indentexpr' is has the ability to work better
-with three piece comments.
+indent alignments.  However, 'indentexpr' has the ability to work better with
+three piece comments.
 
 Other examples: >
    "b:*"	Includes lines starting with "*", but not if the "*" is
@@ -1473,6 +1507,7 @@ n	When formatting text, recognize numbered lists.  This actually uses
 			first line of a paragraph
 		second line of the same paragraph
 		third line.
+<	This also works inside comments, ignoring the comment leader.
 v	Vi-compatible auto-wrapping in insert mode: Only break a line at a
 	blank that you have entered during the current insert command.  (Note:
 	this is not 100% Vi compatible.  Vi has some "unexpected features" or
@@ -1493,6 +1528,12 @@ B	When joining lines, don't insert a space between two multi-byte
 	characters.  Overruled by the 'M' flag.
 1	Don't break a line after a one-letter word.  It's broken before it
 	instead (if possible).
+j	Where it makes sense, remove a comment leader when joining lines.  For
+	example, joining:
+		int i;   // the index ~
+		         // in the list ~
+	Becomes:
+		int i;   // the index in the list ~
 
 
 With 't' and 'c' you can specify when Vim performs auto-wrapping:
@@ -1536,7 +1577,7 @@ Some examples:
 	:set fo=tcrq
 <
 
-Automatic formatting					*auto-format*
+Automatic formatting				*auto-format* *autoformat*
 
 When the 'a' flag is present in 'formatoptions' text is formatted
 automatically when inserting text or deleting text.  This works nice for
@@ -1645,7 +1686,7 @@ found here: |sort()|.
 			last search pattern is used.  This allows trying out
 			a pattern first.
 
-Note that using ":sort" with ":global" doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
+Note that using `:sort` with `:global` doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
 quite useless.
 
 The details about sorting depend on the library function used.  There is no

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 18
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -83,9 +83,9 @@ CTRL-V		Insert next non-digit literally.  Up to three digits form the
 CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 		control flow, it doesn't work then.
 
-							*c_<Left>*
+							*c_<Left>* *c_Left*
 <Left>		cursor left
-							*c_<Right>*
+							*c_<Right>* *c_Right*
 <Right>		cursor right
 							*c_<S-Left>*
 <S-Left> or <C-Left>					*c_<C-Left>*
@@ -93,18 +93,18 @@ CTRL-Q		Same as CTRL-V.  But with some terminals it is used for
 							*c_<S-Right>*
 <S-Right> or <C-Right>					*c_<C-Right>*
 		cursor one WORD right
-CTRL-B or <Home>					*c_CTRL-B* *c_<Home>*
+CTRL-B or <Home>				*c_CTRL-B* *c_<Home>* *c_Home*
 		cursor to beginning of command-line
-CTRL-E or <End>						*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>*
+CTRL-E or <End>					*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>* *c_End*
 		cursor to end of command-line
 
 							*c_<LeftMouse>*
 <LeftMouse>	Move the cursor to the position of the mouse click.
 
-CTRL-H							*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H*
+CTRL-H						*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H* *c_BS*
 <BS>		Delete the character in front of the cursor (see |:fixdel| if
 		your <BS> key does not do what you want).
-							*c_<Del>*
+							*c_<Del>* *c_Del*
 <Del>		Delete the character under the cursor (at end of line:
 		character before the cursor) (see |:fixdel| if your <Del>
 		key does not do what you want).
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ CTRL-U		Remove all characters between the cursor position and
 		preferred behavior, add the following to your .vimrc: >
 			:cnoremap <C-U> <C-E><C-U>
 <
-							*c_<Insert>*
+						*c_<Insert>* *c_Insert*
 <Insert>	Toggle between insert and overstrike.  {not in Vi}
 
 {char1} <BS> {char2}	or				*c_digraph*
@@ -217,16 +217,16 @@ CTRL-\ e {expr}						*c_CTRL-\_e*
 			   :return cmd
 			:endfunc
 <		This doesn't work recursively, thus not when already editing
-		an expression.
+		an expression.  But it is possible to use in a mapping.
 
 							*c_CTRL-Y*
 CTRL-Y		When there is a modeless selection, copy the selection into
 		the clipboard. |modeless-selection|
 		If there is no selection CTRL-Y is inserted as a character.
 
-CTRL-J						*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>*
+CTRL-J					*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>* *c_CR*
 <CR> or <NL>	start entered command
-							*c_<Esc>*
+							*c_<Esc>* *c_Esc*
 <Esc>		When typed and 'x' not present in 'cpoptions', quit
 		Command-line mode without executing.  In macros or when 'x'
 		present in 'cpoptions', start entered command.
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@ CTRL-J						*c_CTRL-J* *c_<NL>* *c_<CR>*
 							*c_CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C		quit command-line without executing
 
-							*c_<Up>*
+							*c_<Up>* *c_Up*
 <Up>		recall older command-line from history, whose beginning
 		matches the current command-line (see below).
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
 		feature}
-							*c_<Down>*
+							*c_<Down>* *c_Down*
 <Down>		recall more recent command-line from history, whose beginning
 		matches the current command-line (see below).
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
@@ -330,12 +330,12 @@ terminals)
 
 :his[tory] [{name}] [{first}][, [{last}]]
 		List the contents of history {name} which can be:
-		c[md]	 or :	command-line history
-		s[earch] or /	search string history
-		e[xpr]	 or =	expression register history
-		i[nput]	 or @	input line history
-		d[ebug]	 or >	debug command history
-		a[ll]		all of the above
+		c[md]	 or :		command-line history
+		s[earch] or / or ?	search string history
+		e[xpr]	 or =		expression register history
+		i[nput]	 or @		input line history
+		d[ebug]	 or >		debug command history
+		a[ll]			all of the above
 		{not in Vi}
 
 		If the numbers {first} and/or {last} are given, the respective
@@ -372,10 +372,10 @@ word before the cursor.  This is available for:
 - Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
 - Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.
 
-When Vim was compiled with the |+cmdline_compl| feature disabled, only file
-names, directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item
-matches is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are
-very many matches.
+When Vim was compiled without the |+cmdline_compl| feature only file names,
+directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item matches
+is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are very many
+matches.
 
 These are the commands that can be used:
 
@@ -426,6 +426,8 @@ a previous version <Esc> was used).  In the pattern standard wildcards '*' and
 '?' are accepted when matching file names.  '*' matches any string, '?'
 matches exactly one character.
 
+The 'wildignorecase' option can be set to ignore case in filenames.
+
 If you like tcsh's autolist completion, you can use this mapping:
 	:cnoremap X <C-L><C-D>
 (Where X is the command key to use, <C-L> is CTRL-L and <C-D> is CTRL-D)
@@ -712,10 +714,15 @@ three lines: >
 Visual Mode and Range					*v_:*
 
 {Visual}:	Starts a command-line with the Visual selected lines as a
-		range.  The code ":'<,'>" is used for this range, which makes
+		range.  The code `:'<,'>` is used for this range, which makes
 		it possible to select a similar line from the command-line
 		history for repeating a command on different Visually selected
 		lines.
+		When Visual mode was already ended, a short way to use the
+		Visual area for a range is `:*`.  This requires that "*" does
+		not appear in 'cpo', see |cpo-star|.  Otherwise you will have
+		to type `:'<,'>`
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. Ex command-line flags				*ex-flags*
@@ -782,30 +789,34 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 			       *:<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<afile>* *<afile>*
 			       *:<abuf>* *<abuf>* *:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
-			       *E495* *E496* *E497* *E498* *E499* *E500*
+			       *<slnum>* *E495* *E496* *E497* *E499* *E500*
 Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 	<cword>    is replaced with the word under the cursor (like |star|)
 	<cWORD>    is replaced with the WORD under the cursor (see |WORD|)
 	<cfile>    is replaced with the path name under the cursor (like what
 		   |gf| uses)
-	<afile>    when executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
-		   for a file read or write
-	<abuf>     when executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
+	<afile>    When executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
+		   for a file read or write.
+	<abuf>     When executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
 		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
 		   the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a
 		   buffer).
-	<amatch>   when executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
+	<amatch>   When executing autocommands, is replaced with the match for
 		   which this autocommand was executed.  It differs from
 		   <afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
 		   (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing events).
-	<sfile>    when executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
-		   file name of the sourced file;
-		   when executing a function, is replaced with
+	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
+		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498* 
+		   When executing a function, is replaced with
 		   "function {function-name}"; function call nesting is
 		   indicated like this:
 		   "function {function-name1}..{function-name2}".  Note that
 		   filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is used inside
 		   a function.
+	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
+	           line number.  *E842*
+		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
+		   the start of the function.
 
 							 *filename-modifiers*
 	 *:_%:* *::8* *::p* *::.* *::~* *::h* *::t* *::r* *::e* *::s* *::gs*
@@ -820,10 +831,11 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		the home directory.  If the name is a directory a path
 		separator is added at the end.  For a file name that does not
 		exist and does not have an absolute path the result is
-		unpredictable.
+		unpredictable.  On MS-Windows an 8.3 filename is expanded to
+		the long name.
 	:8	Converts the path to 8.3 short format (currently only on
-		win32).  Will act on as much of a path that is an existing
-		path.
+		MS-Windows).  Will act on as much of a path that is an
+		existing path.
 	:~	Reduce file name to be relative to the home directory, if
 		possible.  File name is unmodified if it is not below the home
 		directory.
@@ -861,7 +873,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		After this, the previous modifiers can be used again.  For
 		example ":p", to make a full path after the substitution.
 	:gs?pat?sub?
-		Substitute all occurrences of "path" with "sub".  Otherwise
+		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".
 
 Examples, when the file name is "src/version.c", current dir
@@ -952,7 +964,7 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 	\\$home		file "\\", followed by expanded $home
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
+7. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
 							*command-line-window*
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave

runtime/doc/debug.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+*debug.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ For debugging Vim scripts, functions, etc. see |debug-scripts|
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb		*debug-gcc*
+1. Location of a crash, using gcc and gdb		*debug-gcc* *gdb*
 
 When Vim crashes in one of the test files, and you are using gcc for
 compilation, here is what you can do to find out exactly where Vim crashes.
 This also applies when using the MingW tools.
 
-1. Compile Vim with the "-g" option (there is a line in the Makefile for this,
-   which you can uncomment).  Also make sure "strip" is disabled (do not
+1. Compile Vim with the "-g" option (there is a line in the src/Makefile for
+   this, which you can uncomment).  Also make sure "strip" is disabled (do not
    install it, or use the line "STRIP = /bin/true").
 
 2. Execute these commands (replace "11" with the test that fails): >

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -232,6 +232,17 @@ time		shadows global declaration
 new		C++ reserved keyword
 try		Borland C++ doesn't like it to be used as a variable.
 
+clear		Mac curses.h
+echo		Mac curses.h
+instr		Mac curses.h
+meta		Mac curses.h
+newwin		Mac curses.h
+nl		Mac curses.h
+overwrite	Mac curses.h
+refresh		Mac curses.h
+scroll		Mac curses.h
+typeahead	Mac curses.h
+
 basename()	GNU string function
 dirname()	GNU string function
 get_env_value()	Linux system function

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 30
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >
 While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 
 							*E98*
-:diffsplit {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
+:diffs[plit] {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
 		Open a new window on the file {filename}.  The options are set
 		as for "vimdiff" for the current and the newly opened window.
 		Also see 'diffexpr'.
 
 							*:difft* *:diffthis*
-:diffthis	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
+:difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffpatch {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ Since the option values are remembered with the buffer, you can edit another
 file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 
 							*:diffo* *:diffoff*
-:diffoff	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
+:diffo[ff]	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
 
-:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
+:diffo[ff]!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
 		in the current tab page where 'diff' is set.
 
 The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ in diff mode in one window and "normal" in another window.  It is also
 possible to view the changes you have made to a buffer since the file was
 loaded.  Since Vim doesn't allow having two buffers for the same file, you
 need another buffer.  This command is useful: >
-	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r # | 0d_ | diffthis
-	 	\ | wincmd p | diffthis
+	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_
+	 	\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
 (this is in |vimrc_example.vim|).  Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences
 between the current buffer and the file it was loaded from.
 
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ buffer.  If you don't want a buffer to remain used for the diff do ":set
 nodiff" before hiding it.
 
 							*:diffu* *:diffupdate*
-:diffu[pdate]			Update the diff highlighting and folds.
+:diffu[pdate][!]		Update the diff highlighting and folds.
 
 Vim attempts to keep the differences updated when you make changes to the
 text.  This mostly takes care of inserted and deleted lines.  Changes within a
@@ -187,6 +187,9 @@ To force the differences to be updated use: >
 
 	:diffupdate
 
+If the ! is included Vim will check if the file was changed externally and
+needs to be reloaded.  It will prompt for each changed file, like `:checktime`
+was used.
 
 Vim will show filler lines for lines that are missing in one window but are
 present in another.  These lines were inserted in another file or deleted in
@@ -217,7 +220,7 @@ The diffs are highlighted with these groups:
 				that parts in the middle that are still the
 				same are highlighted anyway.  Only "iwhite" of
 				'diffopt' is used here.
-|hl-DiffDelete| DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
+|hl-DiffDelete|	DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
 				because they don't really exist in this
 				buffer.
 
@@ -330,7 +333,7 @@ diff.  This example explains the format that Vim expects: >
 
 The "1a2" item appends the line "bbb".
 The "4d4" item deletes the line "111".
-The '7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
+The "7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
 
 When 'diffexpr' is not empty, Vim evaluates it to obtain a diff file in the
 format mentioned.  These variables are set to the file names used:
@@ -373,9 +376,9 @@ get an error message.  Possible causes:
 If it's not clear what the problem is set the 'verbose' option to one or more
 to see more messages.
 
-The self-installing Vim includes a diff program.  If you don't have it you
-might want to download a diff.exe.  For example from
-http://jlb.twu.net/code/unixkit.php.
+The self-installing Vim for MS-Windows includes a diff program.  If you don't
+have it you might want to download a diff.exe.  For example from
+http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/diffutils.htm.
 
 
 USING PATCHES					*diff-patchexpr*

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 18
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -276,10 +276,11 @@ If you want to keep the changed buffer without saving it, switch on the
 			'readonly' option for this buffer.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*CTRL-^* *CTRL-6*
-CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file (equivalent to ":e #").
-			Mostly the alternate file is the previously edited
-			file.  This is a quick way to toggle between two
-			files.
+CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
+			the previously edited file.  This is a quick way to
+			toggle between two files.  It is equivalent to ":e #",
+			except that it also works when there is no file name.
+
 			If the 'autowrite' or 'autowriteall' option is on and
 			the buffer was changed, write it.
 			Mostly the ^ character is positioned on the 6 key,
@@ -376,8 +377,9 @@ command that accepts more than one file name (like ":next file1 file2")
 embedded spaces must be escaped with a backslash.
 
 						*wildcard* *wildcards*
-Wildcards in {file} are expanded.  Which wildcards are supported depends on
-the system.  These are the common ones:
+Wildcards in {file} are expanded, but as with file completion, 'wildignore'
+and 'suffixes' apply.  Which wildcards are supported depends on the system.
+These are the common ones:
 	?	matches one character
 	*	matches anything, including nothing
 	**	matches anything, including nothing, recurses into directories
@@ -391,7 +393,7 @@ is to use "path\[[]abc]".  Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
 					*starstar-wildcard*
 Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
 This allows searching a directory tree.  This goes up to 100 directories deep.
-Note there are some commands where this works slightly different, see
+Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
 |file-searching|.
 Example: >
 	:n **/*.txt
@@ -421,9 +423,11 @@ You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
 external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
-avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  Names are to be separated
-with line breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a
-name.  Line breaks also separate names.
+avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
+does apply like to other wildcards.
+If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
+breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
+breaks also separate names.
 
 							*++opt* *[++opt]*
 The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
@@ -984,6 +988,11 @@ explanation of when the copy is made and when the file is renamed.
 If the creation of a backup file fails, the write is not done.  If you want
 to write anyway add a '!' to the command.
 
+							*write-permissions*
+When writing a new file the permissions are read-write.  For unix the mask is
+0666 with additionally umask applied.  When writing a file that was read Vim
+will preserve the permissions, but clear the s-bit.
+
 							*write-readonly*
 When the 'cpoptions' option contains 'W', Vim will refuse to overwrite a
 readonly file.  When 'W' is not present, ":w!" will overwrite a readonly file,
@@ -1060,6 +1069,7 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
 			closed |tab-page|.
+			Triggers the |QuitPre| autocommand event.
 
 :conf[irm] q[uit]	Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
@@ -1153,8 +1163,10 @@ MULTIPLE WINDOWS AND BUFFERS				*window-exit*
 							*:confirm* *:conf*
 :conf[irm] {command}	Execute {command}, and use a dialog when an
 			operation has to be confirmed.  Can be used on the
-			":q", ":qa" and ":w" commands (the latter to over-ride
-			a read-only setting).
+			|:q|, |:qa| and |:w| commands (the latter to override
+			a read-only setting), and any other command that can
+			fail in such a way, such as |:only|, |:buffer|,
+			|:bdelete|, etc.
 
 Examples: >
   :confirm w foo
@@ -1207,13 +1219,13 @@ For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.
 
 							*browsefilter*
-For MS Windows, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse dialog.
-By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can change the
-filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to a string in
-the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter label} is the
-text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern} is the
-pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given, separated
-by ';'.
+For MS Windows and GTK, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse
+dialog.  By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can
+change the filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to
+a string in the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter
+label} is the text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern}
+is the pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given,
+separated by ';'.
 
 For Motif the same format is used, but only the very first pattern is actually
 used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
@@ -1221,7 +1233,7 @@ used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
 For example, to have only Vim files in the dialog, you could use the following
 command: >
 
-     let g:browsefilter="Vim Scripts\t*.vim\nVim Startup Files\t*vimrc\n"
+     let g:browsefilter = "Vim Scripts\t*.vim\nVim Startup Files\t*vimrc\n"
 
 You can override the filter setting on a per-buffer basis by setting the
 b:browsefilter variable.  You would most likely set b:browsefilter in a
@@ -1231,6 +1243,13 @@ difficult to start editing a file of a different type.  To overcome this, you
 may want to add "All Files\t*.*\n" as the final filter, so that the user can
 still access any desired file.
 
+To avoid setting browsefilter when Vim does not actually support it, you can
+use has("browsefilter"): >
+
+	if has("browsefilter")
+	   let g:browsefilter = "whatever"
+	endif
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. The current directory				*current-directory*
 
@@ -1340,7 +1359,7 @@ Vim is able to write files encrypted, and read them back.  The encrypted text
 cannot be read without the right key.
 {only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}  *E833*
 
-The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.
+The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.  *E843*
 
 Note: The text in memory is not encrypted.  A system administrator may be able
 to see your text while you are editing it.  When filtering text with
@@ -1382,6 +1401,8 @@ To set the default method, used for new files, use one of these in your
 |vimrc| file: >
 	set cm=zip
 	set cm=blowfish
+The message given for reading and writing a file will show "[crypted]" when
+using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish.
 
 When writing an undo file, the same key and method will be used for the text
 in the undo file. |persistent-undo|.
@@ -1631,6 +1652,6 @@ There are three different types of searching:
 
    Note that completion for ":find", ":sfind", and ":tabfind" commands do not
    currently work with 'path' items that contain a url or use the double star
-   (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations. >
+   with depth limiter (/usr/**2) or upward search (;) notations.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/evim-fr.1

@@ -54,3 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
+Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/evim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -54,3 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
+Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jul 15
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -270,6 +270,9 @@ directories!
 
 
 						*autocmd-osfiletypes*
+NOTE: this code is currently disabled, as the RISC OS implementation was
+removed.  In the future this will use the 'filetype' option.
+
 On operating systems which support storing a file type with the file, you can
 specify that an autocommand should only be executed if the file is of a
 certain type.
@@ -296,8 +299,6 @@ must both match): >
 
 This will match files of type "&fff" whose names start with "diff".
 
-Note that osfiletype checking is skipped if Vim is compiled without the
-|+osfiletype| feature.
 
 							*plugin-details*
 The "plugin" directory can be in any of the directories in the 'runtimepath'

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ level form a fold, with the lines with a higher level forming a nested fold.
 The nesting of folds is limited with 'foldnestmax'.
 
 Some lines are ignored and get the fold level of the line above or below it,
-whatever is the lowest.  These are empty or white lines and lines starting
+whichever is lower.  These are empty or white lines and lines starting
 with a character in 'foldignore'.  White space is skipped before checking for
 characters in 'foldignore'.  For C use "#" to ignore preprocessor lines.
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 14
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -147,6 +147,15 @@ task bar with the 'guiheadroom' option.
 If you are running the X Window System, you can get information about the
 window Vim is running in with this command: >
 	:!xwininfo -id $WINDOWID
+<
+							*gui-IME* *iBus*
+Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
+framework, most notably iBus, have been known to produce undesirable results
+in gVim. These may include an inability to enter spaces, or long delays
+between typing a character and it being recognized by the application.
+
+One workaround that has been successful, for unknown reasons, is to prevent
+gvim from forking into the background by starting it with the |-f| argument.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Scrollbars						*gui-scrollbars*
@@ -156,26 +165,26 @@ configure which ones appear with the 'guioptions' option.
 
 The interface looks like this (with ":set guioptions=mlrb"):
 
-		       +------------------------------+
-		       | File  Edit		 Help | <- Menu bar (m)
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+
-		       |^|			    |^|
-		       |#| Text area.		    |#|
-		       | |			    | |
-		       |v|__________________________|v|
- Normal status line -> |-+ File.c	       5,2  +-|
- between Vim windows   |^|""""""""""""""""""""""""""|^|
-		       | |			    | |
-		       | | Another file buffer.     | |
-		       | |			    | |
-		       |#|			    |#|
- Left scrollbar (l) -> |#|			    |#| <- Right
-		       |#|			    |#|    scrollbar (r)
-		       | |			    | |
-		       |v|			    |v|
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+
-		       | |< ####		   >| | <- Bottom
-		       +-+--------------------------+-+    scrollbar (b)
+		       +------------------------------+ `
+		       | File  Edit		 Help | <- Menu bar (m) `
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+ `
+		       |^|			    |^| `
+		       |#| Text area.		    |#| `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       |v|__________________________|v| `
+ Normal status line -> |-+ File.c	       5,2  +-| `
+ between Vim windows   |^|""""""""""""""""""""""""""|^| `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       | | Another file buffer.     | | `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       |#|			    |#| `
+ Left scrollbar (l) -> |#|			    |#| <- Right `
+		       |#|			    |#|    scrollbar (r) `
+		       | |			    | | `
+		       |v|			    |v| `
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+ `
+		       | |< ####		   >| | <- Bottom `
+		       +-+--------------------------+-+    scrollbar (b) `
 
 Any of the scrollbar or menu components may be turned off by not putting the
 appropriate letter in the 'guioptions' string.  The bottom scrollbar is

runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-w16* *win16-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_msdos.txt|  For items common to DOS and Windows.
+|os_msdos.txt|	For items common to DOS and Windows.
 |gui_w32.txt|	Some items here are also applicable to the Win16 version.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2007 Aug 30
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt|  For Win32 specific items.
+|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}
 
@@ -137,6 +137,9 @@ options:
 And if there already is a gvim running:
 "Edit with existing gvim"   -- edit the file with the running gvim
 
+The "edit with existing Vim" entries can be disabled by adding an entry in the
+registry under HKLM\Software\Vim\Gvim, named DisableEditWithExisting, and with
+any value.
 						*install-registry*
 You can add the "Edit with Vim" menu entry in an easy way by using the
 "install.exe" program.  It will add several registry entries for you.
@@ -293,7 +296,9 @@ Normally, Vim waits for a command to complete before continuing (this makes
 sense for most shell commands which produce output for Vim to use).  If you
 want Vim to start a program and return immediately, you can use the following
 syntax on W95 & NT: >
-	:!start {command}
+	:!start [/min] {command}
+The optional "/min" causes the window to be minimized.
+
 On Win32s, you will have to go to another window instead.  Don't forget that
 you must tell Windows 3.1x to keep executing a DOS command in the background
 while you switch back to Vim.
@@ -484,4 +489,16 @@ to:
 And add gvim to the list of applications.  This problem only appears to happen
 with the Intellimouse driver 2.2 and when "Universal Scrolling" is turned on.
 
+
+XPM support						*w32-xpm-support*
+
+Gvim can be build on MS-Windows with support for XPM files.  |+xpm_w32|
+See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.
+
+To try out if XPM support works do this: >
+	:help
+	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\\vim16x16.xpm'
+	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p')
+<
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/gui_x11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*gui_x11.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ When using "gvim -f" and then ":gui", Vim will run in the foreground.  The
 ":gui -b".
 
 "gvim --nofork" does the same as "gvim -f".
+								*E851* *E852*
+When starting the GUI fails Vim will try to continue running in the terminal.
 
 If you want the GUI to run in the foreground always, include the 'f'
 flag in 'guioptions'.  |-f|.

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Details
       This is also the keymap when 'keymap=hebrew' is set.  The advantage of
       'keymap' is that it works properly when using UTF8, e.g. it inserts the
       correct characters; 'hkmap' does not.  The 'keymap' keyboard can also
-      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are,look at the
+      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are, look at the
       keymap file 'hebrew.vim' etc.
 
 

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
-|pi_gzip.txt|	   Reading and writing compressed files
-|pi_netrw.txt|	   Reading and writing files over a network
-|pi_paren.txt|	   Highlight matching parens
-|pi_tar.txt|	   Tar file explorer
+|pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
+|pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
+|pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens
+|pi_tar.txt|       Tar file explorer
 |pi_vimball.txt|   Create a self-installing Vim script
-|pi_zip.txt|	   Zip archive explorer
+|pi_zip.txt|       Zip archive explorer
 
 LOCAL ADDITIONS:				*local-additions*
 

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -194,11 +194,12 @@ command: >
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
-			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory are
-			scanned for a help tag definition in between stars.
-			The "*.??x" files are for translated docs, they
-			generate the "tags-??" file, see |help-translated|.
-			The generated tags files are sorted.
+			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory and
+			sub-directories are scanned for a help tag definition
+			in between stars.  The "*.??x" files are for
+			translated docs, they generate the "tags-??" file, see
+			|help-translated|.  The generated tags files are
+			sorted.
 			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
 			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
 			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the
@@ -218,11 +219,12 @@ files.  Vim will search for all help in "doc" directories in 'runtimepath'.
 This is only available when compiled with the |+multi_lang| feature.
 
 At this moment translations are available for:
-	Chinese - multiple authors
-	French  - translated by David Blanchet
-	Italian - translated by Antonio Colombo
-	Polish  - translated by Mikolaj Machowski
-	Russian - translated by Vassily Ragosin
+	Chinese  - multiple authors
+	French   - translated by David Blanchet
+	Italian  - translated by Antonio Colombo
+	Japanese - multiple authors
+	Polish   - translated by Mikolaj Machowski
+	Russian  - translated by Vassily Ragosin
 See the Vim website to find them: http://www.vim.org/translations.php
 
 A set of translated help files consists of these files:

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
+*if_cscop.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Andy Kahn
@@ -264,12 +264,22 @@ seems to be useful: >
 	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-
 <
 							*cscopetag* *cst*
-If 'cscopetag' set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t" will
-always use |:cstag| instead of the default :tag behavior.  Effectively, by
-setting 'cst', you will always search your cscope databases as well as your
-tag files.  The default is off.  Examples: >
+If 'cscopetag' is set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t"
+will always use |:cstag| instead of the default :tag behavior.  Effectively,
+by setting 'cst', you will always search your cscope databases as well as
+your tag files.  The default is off.  Examples: >
 	:set cst
 	:set nocst
+<
+							*cscoperelative* *csre*
+If 'cscoperelative' is set, then in absence of a prefix given to cscope
+(prefix is the argument of -P option of cscope), basename of cscope.out
+location (usually the project root directory) will be used as the prefix
+to construct an absolute path.  The default is off.  Note: This option is
+only effective when cscope (cscopeprg) is initialized without a prefix
+path (-P).  Examples: >
+	:set csre
+	:set nocsre
 <
 							*cscopetagorder* *csto*
 The value of 'csto' determines the order in which |:cstag| performs a search.

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 22
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -8,8 +8,11 @@ The Lua Interface to Vim				*lua* *Lua*
 
 1. Commands			|lua-commands|
 2. The vim module		|lua-vim|
-3. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
-4. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+3. List userdata		|lua-list|
+4. Dict userdata		|lua-dict|
+5. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
+6. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+7. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -56,13 +59,14 @@ Example:
 <
 
 							*:luado*
-:[range]luado {body}	Execute Lua function "function (line) {body} end" for
-			each line in the [range], with the function argument
-			being set to the text of each line in turn, without a
-			trailing <EOL>. If the value returned by the function
-			is a string it becomes the text of the line in the
-			current turn. The default for [range] is the whole
-			file: "1,$".		      {not in Vi}
+:[range]luado {body}	Execute Lua function "function (line, linenr) {body}
+			end" for each line in the [range], with the function
+			argument being set to the text of each line in turn,
+			without a trailing <EOL>, and the current line number.
+			If the value returned by the function is a string it
+			becomes the text of the line in the current turn. The
+			default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
+							{not in Vi}
 
 Examples:
 >
@@ -88,11 +92,9 @@ Examples:
 All these commands execute a Lua chunk from either the command line (:lua and
 :luado) or a file (:luafile) with the given line [range]. Similarly to the Lua
 interpreter, each chunk has its own scope and so only global variables are
-shared between command calls. Lua default libraries "table", "string", "math",
-and "package" are available, "io" and "debug" are not, and "os" is restricted
-to functions "date", "clock", "time", "difftime", and "getenv". In addition,
-Lua "print" function has its output redirected to the Vim message area, with
-arguments separated by a white space instead of a tab.
+shared between command calls. All Lua default libraries are available. In
+addition, Lua "print" function has its output redirected to the Vim message
+area, with arguments separated by a white space instead of a tab.
 
 Lua uses the "vim" module (see |lua-vim|) to issue commands to Vim
 and manage buffers (|lua-buffer|) and windows (|lua-window|). However,
@@ -108,9 +110,9 @@ input range are stored in "vim.firstline" and "vim.lastline" respectively. The
 module also includes routines for buffer, window, and current line queries,
 Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
-	vim.isbuffer(value)	Returns 'true' (boolean, not string) if
-				"value" is a buffer userdata and 'false'
-				otherwise (see |lua-buffer|).
+	vim.list()		Returns an empty list (see |List|).
+
+	vim.dict()		Returns an empty dictionary (see |Dictionary|).
 
 	vim.buffer([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns buffer with
 				number "arg" in the buffer list or, if "arg"
@@ -121,16 +123,21 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				'true' returns the first buffer in the buffer
 				list or else the current buffer.
 
-	vim.iswindow(value)	Returns 'true' (boolean, not string) if
-				"value" is a window userdata and
-				'false' otherwise (see |lua-window|).
-
 	vim.window([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns window with
 				number "arg" or 'nil' (nil value, not string)
 				if not found. Otherwise, if "toboolean(arg)"
 				is 'true' returns the first window or else the
 				current window.
 
+	vim.type({arg})		Returns the type of {arg}. It is equivalent to
+				Lua's "type" function, but returns "list",
+				"dict", "buffer", or "window" if {arg} is a
+				list, dictionary, buffer, or window,
+				respectively. Examples: >
+					:lua l = vim.list()
+					:lua print(type(l), vim.type(l))
+					:" userdata list
+<
 	vim.command({cmd})	Executes the vim (ex-mode) command {cmd}.
 				Examples: >
 					:lua vim.command"set tw=60"
@@ -141,7 +148,7 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 				Vim strings and numbers are directly converted
 				to Lua strings and numbers respectively. Vim
 				lists and dictionaries are converted to Lua
-				tables (lists become integer-keyed tables).
+				userdata (see |lua-list| and |lua-dict|).
 				Examples: >
 					:lua tw = vim.eval"&tw"
 					:lua print(vim.eval"{'a': 'one'}".a)
@@ -157,7 +164,72 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
+3. List userdata					*lua-list*
+
+List userdata represent vim lists, and the interface tries to follow closely
+Vim's syntax for lists. Since lists are objects, changes in list references in
+Lua are reflected in Vim and vice-versa. A list "l" has the following
+properties and methods:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "#l" is the number of items in list "l", equivalent to "len(l)"
+	    in Vim.
+	o "l[k]" returns the k-th item in "l"; "l" is zero-indexed, as in Vim.
+	    To modify the k-th item, simply do "l[k] = newitem"; in
+	    particular, "l[k] = nil" removes the k-th item from "l".
+	o "l()" returns an iterator for "l".
+
+Methods
+-------
+	o "l:add(item)" appends "item" to the end of "l".
+	o "l:insert(item[, pos])" inserts "item" at (optional)
+	    position "pos" in the list. The default value for "pos" is 0.
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:let l = [1, 'item']
+	:lua l = vim.eval('l') -- same 'l'
+	:lua l:add(vim.list())
+	:lua l[0] = math.pi
+	:echo l[0] " 3.141593
+	:lua l[0] = nil -- remove first item
+	:lua l:insert(true, 1)
+	:lua print(l, #l, l[0], l[1], l[-1])
+	:lua for item in l() do print(item) end
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+4. Dict userdata					*lua-dict*
+
+Similarly to list userdata, dict userdata represent vim dictionaries; since
+dictionaries are also objects, references are kept between Lua and Vim. A dict
+"d" has the following properties:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "#d" is the number of items in dict "d", equivalent to "len(d)"
+	    in Vim.
+	o "d.key" or "d['key']" returns the value at entry "key" in "d".
+	    To modify the entry at this key, simply do "d.key = newvalue"; in
+	    particular, "d.key = nil" removes the entry from "d".
+	o "d()" returns an iterator for "d" and is equivalent to "items(d)" in
+	    Vim.
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:let d = {'n':10}
+	:lua d = vim.eval('d') -- same 'd'
+	:lua print(d, d.n, #d)
+	:let d.self = d
+	:lua for k, v in d() do print(d, k, v) end
+	:lua d.x = math.pi
+	:lua d.self = nil -- remove entry
+	:echo d
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+5. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
 
 Buffer userdata represent vim buffers. A buffer userdata "b" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -209,7 +281,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Window userdata					*lua-window*
+6. Window userdata					*lua-window*
 
 Window objects represent vim windows. A window userdata "w" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -241,4 +313,29 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:
+7. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval* *lua-eval*
+
+The (dual) equivalent of "vim.eval" for passing Lua values to Vim is
+"luaeval". "luaeval" takes an expression string and an optional argument and
+returns the result of the expression. It is semantically equivalent in Lua to:
+>
+	local chunkheader = "local _A = select(1, ...) return "
+	function luaeval (expstr, arg)
+	    local chunk = assert(loadstring(chunkheader .. expstr, "luaeval"))
+	    return chunk(arg) -- return typval
+	end
+<
+Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Examples: >
+
+	:echo luaeval('math.pi')
+	:lua a = vim.list():add('newlist')
+	:let a = luaeval('a')
+	:echo a[0] " 'newlist'
+	:function Rand(x,y) " random uniform between x and y
+	:  return luaeval('(_A.y-_A.x)*math.random()+_A.x', {'x':a:x,'y':a:y})
+	:  endfunction
+	:echo Rand(1,10)
+
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 11
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ The MzScheme Interface to Vim				*mzscheme* *MzScheme*
 3. Threads				|mzscheme-threads|
 4. Vim access from MzScheme		|mzscheme-vim|
 5. mzeval() Vim function		|mzscheme-mzeval|
-6. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
+6. Using Function references		|mzscheme-funcref|
+7. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -21,10 +22,17 @@ The MzScheme interface is available only if Vim was compiled with the
 Based on the work of Brent Fulgham.
 Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev
 
-For downloading MzScheme and other info:
-	http://www.plt-scheme.org/software/mzscheme/
+MzScheme and PLT Scheme names have been rebranded as Racket. For more
+information please check http://racket-lang.org
 
-Note: On FreeBSD you should use the "drscheme" port.
+Futures and places of Racket version 5.x up to and including 5.3.1 do not
+work correctly with processes created by Vim.
+The simplest solution is to build Racket on your own with these features
+disabled: >
+  ./configure --disable-futures --disable-places --prefix=your-install-prefix
+
+To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
+--disable-docs
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*mzscheme-commands*
@@ -155,8 +163,11 @@ Common
     (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression into
 				    respective MzScheme object: |Lists| are
 				    represented as Scheme lists,
-				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables.
-				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval
+				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables,
+				    |Funcref|s as functions (see also
+				    |mzscheme-funcref|)
+				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval,
+				    use module qualifiers to overcome this.
     (range-start)		    Start/End of the range passed with
     (range-end)			    the Scheme command.
     (beep)			    beep
@@ -237,7 +248,23 @@ To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |mzeval()| function to
 evaluate MzScheme expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
+6. Using Function references				    *mzscheme-funcref*
+
+MzScheme interface allows use of |Funcref|s so you can call Vim functions
+directly from Scheme. For instance: >
+    function! MyAdd2(arg)
+	return a:arg + 2
+    endfunction
+    mz (define f2 (vim-eval "function(\"MyAdd2\")"))
+    mz (f2 7)
+< or : >
+    :mz (define indent (vim-eval "function('indent')"))
+    " return Vim indent for line 12
+    :mz (indent 12)
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
 
 On MS-Windows the MzScheme libraries can be loaded dynamically. The |:version|
 output then includes |+mzscheme/dyn|.

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 21
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -44,15 +44,17 @@ The Perl patches for Vim were made by:
 	Sven Verdoolaege <skimo@breughel.ufsia.ac.be>
 	Matt Gerassimof
 
-Perl for MS-Windows can be found at:
-http://www.perl.com/CPAN/ports/nt/Standard/x86/
+Perl for MS-Windows can be found at: http://www.perl.com/
+The ActiveState one should work.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Using the Perl interface				*perl-using*
 
 							*:perl* *:pe*
 :pe[rl] {cmd}		Execute Perl command {cmd}.  The current package
-			is "main".
+			is "main".  Simple example to test if `:perl` is
+			working: >
+				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
 :pe[rl] << {endpattern}
 {script}
@@ -173,7 +175,8 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, val).
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate
 			the expression.  '@x' returns the contents of register

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 20
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -6,13 +6,14 @@
 
 The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 
-1. Commands			|python-commands|
-2. The vim module		|python-vim|
-3. Buffer objects		|python-buffer|
-4. Range objects		|python-range|
-5. Window objects		|python-window|
-6. Dynamic loading		|python-dynamic|
-7. Python 3			|python3|
+1. Commands					|python-commands|
+2. The vim module				|python-vim|
+3. Buffer objects				|python-buffer|
+4. Range objects				|python-range|
+5. Window objects				|python-window|
+6. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
+7. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
+8. Python 3					|python3|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -26,7 +27,9 @@ The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
 
 					*:python* *:py* *E205* *E263* *E264*
 :[range]py[thon] {stmt}
-			Execute Python statement {stmt}.
+			Execute Python statement {stmt}.  A simple check if
+			the `:python` command is working: >
+				:python print "Hello"
 
 :[range]py[thon] << {endmarker}
 {script}
@@ -51,8 +54,8 @@ Example: >
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
-Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Also make sure the "class"
-line and "EOF" do not have any indent.
+Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
+and "EOF" do not have any indent.
 
 							*:pyfile* *:pyf*
 :[range]pyf[ile] {file}
@@ -150,6 +153,42 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	[{'cmd': '/^eval_expr(arg, nextcmd)$/', 'static': 0, 'name':
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}]
 
+vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
+	Like |python-eval|, but
+	1. if expression evaluates to |List| or |Dictionary| it is returned as 
+	   vimlist or vimdictionary python type that are connected to original 
+	   list or dictionary. Thus modifications to these objects imply 
+	   modifications of the original.
+
+	   Additionally, vimlist and vimdictionary type have read-write 
+	   `.locked` attribute that returns
+	     Value           Meaning ~
+	     zero            Variable is not locked
+	     vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
+	     vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
+	   integer constants. If variable is not fixed, you can do 
+	   `var.locked=True` to lock it and `var.locked=False` to unlock. 
+	   There is no recursive locking like |:lockvar|! does. There is also 
+	   no way to lock a specific key or check whether it is locked (in any 
+	   case these locks are ignored by anything except |:let|: |extend()| 
+	   does not care, neither does python interface).
+
+	   Vimdictionary type also supports `.scope` attribute which is one of
+	     Value              Meaning ~
+	     zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
+	     vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  Function-local or global scope dictionary
+	     vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary
+
+	2. if expression evaluates to a function reference, then it returns 
+	   callable vimfunction object. Use self keyword argument to assign 
+	   |self| object for dictionary functions.
+
+	Note: this function has the same behavior as |lua-eval| (except that 
+	      lua does not support running vim functions), |python-eval| is 
+	      kept for backwards compatibility in order not to make scripts 
+	      relying on outputs of vim.eval() being a copy of original or 
+	      vim.eval("1") returning a string.
+
 
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
@@ -222,8 +261,9 @@ Buffer objects represent vim buffers.  You can obtain them in a number of ways:
 	- from indexing vim.buffers (|python-buffers|)
 	- from the "buffer" attribute of a window (|python-window|)
 
-Buffer objects have one read-only attribute - name - the full file name for
-the buffer.  They also have three methods (append, mark, and range; see below).
+Buffer objects have two read-only attributes - name - the full file name for
+the buffer, and number - the buffer number.  They also have three methods
+(append, mark, and range; see below).
 
 You can also treat buffer objects as sequence objects.  In this context, they
 act as if they were lists (yes, they are mutable) of strings, with each
@@ -318,7 +358,13 @@ The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
 The width attribute is writable only if the screen is split vertically.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
+6. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
+
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
+functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to VimL.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
 On MS-Windows the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
 output then includes |+python/dyn|.
@@ -335,13 +381,16 @@ Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. Python 3						*python3*
+8. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.
-							*:py3file*
+The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.  A simple check
+if the `:py3` command is working: >
+	:py3 print("Hello")
+<							*:py3file*
 The |:py3file| command works similar to |:pyfile|.
 
+
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):
 1. No Python support	    (-python, -python3)
 2. Python 2 support only    (+python or +python/dyn, -python3)
@@ -377,6 +426,18 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
 3. You undefine PY_NO_RTLD_GLOBAL in auto/config.h after configuration.  This
    may crash Vim though.
 
+							*has-python*
+You can test what Python version is available with: >
+	if has('python')
+	  echo 'there is Python 2.x'
+  	elseif has('python3')
+	  echo 'there is Python 3.x'
+	endif
+
+Note however, that when Python 2 and 3 are both available and loaded
+dynamically, these has() calls will try to load them.  If only one can be
+loaded at a time, just checking if Python 2 or 3 are available will prevent
+the other one from being available.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 27
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 1. Commands						*ruby-commands*
 
 							*:ruby* *:rub*
-:rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.
+:rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
+				:ruby print "Hello"
 
 :rub[y] << {endpattern}
 {script}
@@ -40,9 +41,6 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-Command to try it out: >
-	:ruby print "Hello"   # this is a comment
-
 Example Vim script: >
 
 	function! RedGem()
@@ -211,6 +209,8 @@ for sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "ruby\d*.dll\c".
 
 If you want to build Vim with Ruby 1.9.1, you need to edit the config.h file
 and comment-out the check for _MSC_VER.
+You may also need to rename the include directory name to match the version,
+strangely for Ruby 1.9.3 the directory is called 1.9.1.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 1. Commands				*tcl-ex-commands* *E571* *E572*
 
 							*:tcl* *:tc*
-:tc[l] {cmd}		Execute Tcl command {cmd}.
+:tc[l] {cmd}		Execute Tcl command {cmd}.  A simple check if `:tcl`
+			is working: >
+				:tcl puts "Hello"
 
 :[range]tc[l] << {endmarker}
 {script}

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 30
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -128,13 +128,20 @@ have changed the indent by typing <BS>, <Tab>, or <Space> in the indent or
 used CTRL-T or CTRL-D.
 
 						*cinoptions-values*
-The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation.  In the list below,
+The 'cinoptions' option sets how Vim performs indentation.  The value after
+the option character can be one of these (N is any number):
+	N	indent N spaces
+	-N	indent N spaces to the left
+	Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces
+	-Ns	N times 'shiftwidth' spaces to the left
+
+In the list below,
 "N" represents a number of your choice (the number can be negative).  When
 there is an 's' after the number, Vim multiplies the number by 'shiftwidth':
 "1s" is 'shiftwidth', "2s" is two times 'shiftwidth', etc.  You can use a
-decimal point, too: "-0.5s" is minus half a 'shiftwidth'.  The examples below
-assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
-
+decimal point, too: "-0.5s" is minus half a 'shiftwidth'.
+The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
+							*cino->*
 	>N    Amount added for "normal" indent.  Used after a line that should
 	      increase the indent (lines starting with "if", an opening brace,
 	      etc.).  (default 'shiftwidth').
@@ -145,6 +152,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      foo;		foo;			  foo;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-e*
 	eN    Add N to the prevailing indent inside a set of braces if the
 	      opening brace at the End of the line (more precise: is not the
 	      first character in a line).  This is useful if you want a
@@ -160,6 +168,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      bar;		  bar;		      bar;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-n*
 	nN    Add N to the prevailing indent for a statement after an "if",
 	      "while", etc., if it is NOT inside a set of braces.  This is
 	      useful if you want a different indent when there is no '{'
@@ -174,6 +183,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      bar;		  bar;		      bar;
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-f*
 	fN    Place the first opening brace of a function or other block in
 	      column N.  This applies only for an opening brace that is not
 	      inside other braces and is at the start of the line.  What comes
@@ -184,6 +194,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  {			{		      {
 		      int foo;		    int foo;		  int foo;
 <
+							*cino-{*
 	{N    Place opening braces N characters from the prevailing indent.
 	      This applies only for opening braces that are inside other
 	      braces.  (default 0).
@@ -193,6 +204,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  {			{		      {
 		      foo;		  foo;		      foo;
 <
+							*cino-}*
 	}N    Place closing braces N characters from the matching opening
 	      brace.  (default 0).
 
@@ -202,6 +214,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      foo;		  foo;		      foo;
 		  }		      }			    }
 <
+							*cino-^*
 	^N    Add N to the prevailing indent inside a set of braces if the
 	      opening brace is in column 0.  This can specify a different
 	      indent for whole of a function (some may like to set it to a
@@ -216,6 +229,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      }			}		  }
 		  }		      }			  }
 <
+							*cino-L*
 	LN    Controls placement of jump labels. If N is negative, the label
 	      will be placed at column 1. If N is non-negative, the indent of
 	      the label will be the prevailing indent minus N.  (default -1).
@@ -229,6 +243,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      }                   }                   }
 		  }                   }                   }
 <
+							*cino-:*
 	:N    Place case labels N characters from the indent of the switch().
 	      (default 'shiftwidth').
 
@@ -240,6 +255,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      default:	      default:
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-=*
 	=N    Place statements occurring after a case label N characters from
 	      the indent of the label.  (default 'shiftwidth').
 
@@ -247,6 +263,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		   case 11:		case 11:  a = a + 1;
 		       a = a + 1;		  b = b + 1;
 <
+							*cino-l*
 	lN    If N != 0 Vim will align with a case label instead of the
 	      statement after it in the same line.
 
@@ -256,8 +273,10 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 				    break;	      break;
 				}		  }
 <
+							*cino-b*
 	bN    If N != 0 Vim will align a final "break" with the case label,
 	      so that case..break looks like a sort of block.  (default: 0).
+	      When using 1, consider adding "0=break" to 'cinkeys'.
 
 		cino=		    cino=b1 >
 		  switch (x)	      switch(x)
@@ -271,6 +290,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  break;	  break;
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-g*
 	gN    Place C++ scope declarations N characters from the indent of the
 	      block they are in.  (default 'shiftwidth').  A scope declaration
 	      can be "public:", "protected:" or "private:".
@@ -282,6 +302,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      private:	      private:
 		  }		      }
 <
+							*cino-h*
 	hN    Place statements occurring after a C++ scope declaration N
 	      characters from the indent of the label.  (default
 	      'shiftwidth').
@@ -290,6 +311,21 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		   public:		public:   a = a + 1;
 		       a = a + 1;		  b = b + 1;
 <
+							*cino-N*
+	NN    Indent inside C++ namespace N characters extra compared to a
+	      normal block.  (default 0).
+
+		cino=			   cino=N-s >
+		  namespace {                namespace {
+		      void function();       void function();
+		  }                          }
+
+		  namespace my               namespace my
+		  {                          {
+		      void function();       void function();
+		  }                          }
+<
+							*cino-p*
 	pN    Parameter declarations for K&R-style function declarations will
 	      be indented N characters from the margin.  (default
 	      'shiftwidth').
@@ -299,6 +335,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      int a;	      int a;			  int a;
 		      char b;	      char b;			  char b;
 <
+							*cino-t*
 	tN    Indent a function return type declaration N characters from the
 	      margin.  (default 'shiftwidth').
 
@@ -306,6 +343,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      int	      int			 int
 		  func()	      func()		  func()
 <
+							*cino-i*
 	iN    Indent C++ base class declarations and constructor
 	      initializations, if they start in a new line (otherwise they
 	      are aligned at the right side of the ':').
@@ -319,13 +357,18 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		      BaseClass(3)	    BaseClass(3)
 		  {}			    {}
 <
-	+N    Indent a continuation line (a line that spills onto the next) N
-	      additional characters.  (default 'shiftwidth').
+							*cino-+*
+	+N    Indent a continuation line (a line that spills onto the next)
+              inside a function N additional characters.  (default
+              'shiftwidth').
+              Outside of a function, when the previous line ended in a
+              backslash, the 2 * N is used.
 
 		cino=			  cino=+10 >
 		  a = b + 9 *		    a = b + 9 *
 		      c;			      c;
 <
+							*cino-c*
 	cN    Indent comment lines after the comment opener, when there is no
 	      other text with which to align, N characters from the comment
 	      opener.  (default 3).  See also |format-comments|.
@@ -335,6 +378,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     text.			 text.
 		   */			     */
 <
+							*cino-C*
 	CN    When N is non-zero, indent comment lines by the amount specified
 	      with the c flag above even if there is other text behind the
 	      comment opener.  (default 0).
@@ -345,12 +389,14 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  ********/		    ********/
 <	      (Example uses ":set comments& comments-=s1:/* comments^=s0:/*")
 
+							*cino-/*
 	/N    Indent comment lines N characters extra.  (default 0).
 		cino=			  cino=/4 >
 		  a = b;		    a = b;
 		  /* comment */			/* comment */
 		  c = d;		    c = d;
 <
+							*cino-(*
 	(N    When in unclosed parentheses, indent N characters from the line
 	      with the unclosed parentheses.  Add a 'shiftwidth' for every
 	      unclosed parentheses.  When N is 0 or the unclosed parentheses
@@ -366,6 +412,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  (c2 || c3))		(c2 || c3))
 		     {			       {
 <
+							*cino-u*
 	uN    Same as (N, but for one level deeper.  (default 'shiftwidth').
 
 		cino=			  cino=u2 >
@@ -373,6 +420,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			  && (c22345		    && (c22345
 			      || c3))		      || c3))
 <
+							*cino-U*
 	UN    When N is non-zero, do not ignore the indenting specified by
 	      ( or u in case that the unclosed parentheses is the first
 	      non-white character in its line.  (default 0).
@@ -384,6 +432,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		       c3			    c3
 		      ) && c4;			) && c4;
 <
+							*cino-w*
 	wN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively, or using "U0" and the unclosed
 	      parentheses is the first non-white character in its line, line
@@ -396,6 +445,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 				|| c3))		    || c3))
 		      foo;			foo;
 <
+							*cino-W*
 	WN    When in unclosed parentheses and N is non-zero and either
 	      using "(0" or "u0", respectively and the unclosed parentheses is
 	      the last non-white character in its line and it is not the
@@ -410,6 +460,23 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		  a_short_line(argument,    a_short_line(argument,
 			       argument);		 argument);
 <
+							*cino-k*
+	kN    When in unclosed parentheses which follow "if", "for" or
+	      "while" and N is non-zero, overrides the behaviour defined by
+	      "(N": causes the indent to be N characters relative to the outer
+	      context (i.e. the line where "if", "for" or "while" is).  Has
+	      no effect on deeper levels of nesting.  Affects flags like "wN"
+	      only for the "if", "for" and "while" conditions.  If 0, defaults
+	      to behaviour defined by the "(N" flag.  (default: 0).
+
+		cino=(0			   cino=(0,ks >
+		  if (condition1	    if (condition1
+		      && condition2)		    && condition2)
+		      action();			action();
+		  function(argument1	    function(argument1
+			   && argument2);	     && argument2);
+<
+							*cino-m*
 	mN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
 	      parentheses with the first character of the line with the
 	      matching opening parentheses.  (default 0).
@@ -424,6 +491,7 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		     )			    )
 		      foo;			foo;
 <
+							*cino-M*
 	MN    When N is non-zero, line up a line starting with a closing
 	      parentheses with the first character of the previous line.
 	      (default 0).
@@ -433,10 +501,11 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 			 cond2			   cond2
 		     )				   )
 <
-					*java-cinoptions* *java-indenting*
-	jN    Indent java anonymous classes correctly.  The value 'N' is
-	      currently unused but must be non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will
-	      indent for example the following code snippet correctly: >
+				*java-cinoptions* *java-indenting* *cino-j*
+	jN    Indent Java anonymous classes correctly.  Also works well for
+	      Javascript.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'j1').  'j1' will indent for example the
+	      following code snippet correctly: >
 
 		object.add(new ChangeListener() {
 		    public void stateChanged(ChangeEvent e) {
@@ -444,10 +513,11 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		    }
 		});
 <
-				*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting*
+			*javascript-cinoptions* *javascript-indenting* *cino-J*
 	JN    Indent JavaScript object declarations correctly by not confusing
 	      them with labels.  The value 'N' is currently unused but must be 
-	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1'). >
+	      non-zero (e.g. 'J1').  If you enable this you probably also want
+	      to set |cino-j|. >
 
 		var bar = {
 		    foo: {
@@ -462,23 +532,28 @@ assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 		    }
 		}
 <
+								*cino-)*
 	)N    Vim searches for unclosed parentheses at most N lines away.
 	      This limits the time needed to search for parentheses.  (default
 	      20 lines).
 
+								*cino-star*
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
+	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting after N lines this is the
+	      value you will want to change.
 	      (default 70 lines).
 
+								*cino-#*
 	#N    When N is non-zero recognize shell/Perl comments, starting with
-	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognizes '#' comments.  Note
+	      '#'.  Default N is zero: don't recognize '#' comments.  Note
 	      that lines starting with # will still be seen as preprocessor
 	      lines.
 
 
 The defaults, spelled out in full, are:
-	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,ps,ts,is,+s,
-			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
+	cinoptions=>s,e0,n0,f0,{0,}0,^0,L-1,:s,=s,l0,b0,gs,hs,N0,ps,ts,is,+s,
+			c3,C0,/0,(2s,us,U0,w0,W0,k0,m0,j0,J0,)20,*70,#0
 
 Vim puts a line in column 1 if:
 - It starts with '#' (preprocessor directives), if 'cinkeys' contains '#'.
@@ -502,15 +577,117 @@ $VIMRUNTIME/indent directory for examples.
 REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~
 
 
+CLOJURE					*ft-clojure-indent* *clojure-indent*
+
+Clojure indentation differs somewhat from traditional Lisps, due in part to
+the use of square and curly brackets, and otherwise by community convention.
+These conventions are not always universally followed, so the Clojure indent
+script offers a few configurable options, listed below.
+
+If the current vim does not include searchpairpos(), the indent script falls
+back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored.
+
+							*g:clojure_maxlines*
+
+Set maximum scan distance of searchpairpos(). Larger values trade performance
+for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 will scan
+without limits.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+<
+
+						*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+
+The 'lispwords' option is a list of comma-separated words that mark special
+forms whose subforms must be indented with two spaces.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(defn bad []
+	      "Incorrect indentation")
+
+	(defn good []
+	  "Correct indentation")
+<
+If you would like to specify 'lispwords' with a |pattern| instead, you can use
+the fuzzy indent feature:
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist =
+		\ ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+
+	" Legacy comma-delimited string version; the list format above is
+	" recommended. Note that patterns are implicitly anchored with ^ and $
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = 'with.*,def.*,let.*'
+<
+|g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns| and |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist| are
+|Lists| of patterns that will be matched against the unquoted, unqualified
+symbol at the head of a list. This means that a pattern like "^foo" will match
+all these candidates: "foobar", "my.ns/foobar", and "#'foobar".
+
+Each candidate word is tested for special treatment in this order:
+
+	1. Return true if word is literally in 'lispwords'
+	2. Return false if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist|
+	3. Return true if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns|
+	4. Return false and indent normally otherwise
+
+					*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
+
+Some forms in Clojure are indented so that every subform is indented only two
+spaces, regardless of 'lispwords'. If you have a custom construct that should
+be indented in this idiosyncratic fashion, you can add your symbols to the
+default list below.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_special_indent_words =
+	   \ 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+<
+
+					*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+
+Align subsequent lines in multiline strings to the column after the opening
+quote, instead of the same column.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(def default
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	  eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	  enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	  nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+
+	(def aligned
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	   eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	   enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	   nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+<
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+<
+
+
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
-Block if, select case, and where constructs are indented.  Comments, labelled
-statements and continuation lines are indented if the Fortran is in free
-source form, whereas they are not indented if the Fortran is in fixed source
-form because of the left margin requirements.  Hence manual indent corrections
-will be necessary for labelled statements and continuation lines when fixed
-source form is being used.  For further discussion of the method used for the
-detection of source format see |ft-fortran-syntax|.
+Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are
+type, interface, associate, block, and enum constructs.  The indenting of
+subroutines, functions, modules, and program blocks is optional.  Comments,
+labelled statements and continuation lines are indented if the Fortran is in
+free source form, whereas they are not indented if the Fortran is in fixed
+source form because of the left margin requirements.  Hence manual indent
+corrections will be necessary for labelled statements and continuation lines
+when fixed source form is being used.  For further discussion of the method
+used for the detection of source format see |ft-fortran-syntax|.
 
 Do loops ~
 All do loops are left unindented by default.  Do loops can be unstructured in
@@ -537,6 +714,20 @@ autocommand such as >
 to get do loops indented in .f90 files and left alone in Fortran files with
 other extensions such as .for.
 
+Program units ~
+The indenting of program units (subroutines, functions, modules, and program
+blocks) is enabled by default but can be suppressed if a lighter, screen-width
+preserving indent style is desired.  To suppress the indenting of program
+units for all fortran files set the global fortran_indent_less variable in
+your .vimrc as follows >
+
+  let fortran_indent_less=1
+
+A finer level of suppression can be achieved by setting the corresponding
+buffer-local variable as follows >
+
+  let b:fortran_indent_less=1
+
 
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
@@ -631,6 +822,43 @@ Indent for a continuation line: >
 	let g:pyindent_continue = '&sw * 2'
 
 
+R								*ft-r-indent*
+
+Function arguments are aligned if they span for multiple lines. If you prefer
+do not have the arguments of functions aligned, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_align_args = 0
+<
+All lines beginning with a comment character, #, get the same indentation
+level of the normal R code. Users of Emacs/ESS may be used to have lines
+beginning with a single # indented in the 40th column, ## indented as R code,
+and ### not indented. If you prefer that lines beginning with comment
+characters are aligned as they are by Emacs/ESS, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_comments = 1
+<
+If you prefer that lines beginning with a single # are aligned at a column
+different from the 40th one, you should set a new value to the variable
+r_indent_comment_column, as in the example below:
+>
+   let r_indent_comment_column = 30
+<
+Any code after a line that ends with "<-" is indented. Emacs/ESS does not
+indent the code if it is a top level function. If you prefer that the
+Vim-R-plugin behaves like Emacs/ESS in this regard, put in your |vimrc|:
+>
+   let r_indent_ess_compatible = 1
+<
+Below is an example of indentation with and without this option enabled:
+>
+   ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 1           ### r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+   foo <-                                    foo <-
+       function(x)                               function(x)
+   {                                             {
+       paste(x)                                      paste(x)
+   }                                             }
+<
+
 SHELL							*ft-sh-indent*
 
 The amount of indent applied under various circumstances in a shell file can

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 21
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ For a complete listing of all help items see |help-tags|.
 ==============================================================================
 1. Insert mode						*insert-index*
 
-tag		char		action	~
+tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 |i_CTRL-@|	CTRL-@		insert previously inserted text and stop
 				insert
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ tag		char		action	~
 |i_CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim
 |i_<Esc>|	<Esc>		end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set)
 |i_CTRL-[|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others	not used
 |i_CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		trigger abbreviation
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ tag		char		action	~
 |i_<ScrollWheelUp>|	<ScrollWheelUp>		move window three lines up
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelUp>|	<S-ScrollWheelUp>	move window one page up
 |i_<ScrollWheelLeft>|	<ScrollWheelLeft>	move window six columns left
-|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>| <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>|	<S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
 |i_<ScrollWheelRight>|	<ScrollWheelRight>	move window six columns right
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelRight>| <S-ScrollWheelRight>	move window one page right
 
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-Y|	CTRL-Y		   scroll N lines downwards
 |CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		   suspend program (or start new shell)
 		CTRL-[ <Esc>	   not used
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-N|	CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-G|	CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	   reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others      not used
 |CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   :ta to ident under cursor
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |<Insert>|	<Insert>	2  same as "i"
 |<Left>|	<Left>		1  same as "h"
 |<LeftMouse>|	<LeftMouse>	1  move cursor to the mouse click position
-|<MiddleMouse>| <MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
+|<MiddleMouse>|	<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
 |<PageDown>|	<PageDown>	   same as CTRL-F
 |<PageUp>|	<PageUp>	   same as CTRL-B
 |<Right>|	<Right>		1  same as "l"
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 
 These can be used after an operator or in Visual mode to select an object.
 
-tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
+tag		command		   action in op-pending and Visual mode	~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |v_aquote|	a"		   double quoted string
 |v_a'|		a'		   single quoted string
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |[s|		[s		1  move to the previous misspelled word
 |[z|		[z		1  move to start of open fold
 |[{|		[{		1  cursor N times back to unmatched '{'
-|[<MiddleMouse> [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
+|[<MiddleMouse>| [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
 
 |]_CTRL-D|	] CTRL-D	   jump to first #define found in current and
 				   included files matching the word under the
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |]s|		]s		1  move to next misspelled word
 |]z|		]z		1  move to end of open fold
 |]}|		]}		1  cursor N times forward to unmatched '}'
-|]<MiddleMouse> ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
+|]<MiddleMouse>| ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
 
 ==============================================================================
 2.4 Commands starting with 'g'						*g*
@@ -719,8 +719,11 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gH|		gH		   start Select line mode
 |gI|		gI		2  like "I", but always start in column 1
 |gJ|		gJ		2  join lines without inserting space
+|gN|		gN	      1,2  find the previous match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gP|		["x]gP		2  put the text [from register x] before the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
+|gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
 |gR|		gR		2  enter Virtual Replace mode
 |gU|		gU{motion}	2  make Nmove text uppercase
 |gV|		gV		   don't reselect the previous Visual area
@@ -750,6 +753,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   lines down
 |gk|		gk		1  like "k", but when 'wrap' on go N screen
 				   lines up
+|gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
@@ -951,11 +956,13 @@ Normal characters are inserted at the current cursor position.
 "Completion" below refers to context-sensitive completion.  It will complete
 file names, tags, commands etc. as appropriate.
 
+tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 		CTRL-@		not used
 |c_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		do completion on the pattern in front of the
 				cursor and insert all matches
 |c_CTRL-B|	CTRL-B		cursor to begin of command-line
-|c_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		same as <ESC>
+|c_CTRL-C|	CTRL-C		same as <Esc>
 |c_CTRL-D|	CTRL-D		list completions that match the pattern in
 				front of the cursor
 |c_CTRL-E|	CTRL-E		cursor to end of command-line
@@ -1004,8 +1011,8 @@ file names, tags, commands etc. as appropriate.
 		CTRL-Z		not used (reserved for suspend)
 |c_<Esc>|	<Esc>		abandon command-line without executing it
 |c_<Esc>|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
 				abandon command-line
 		CTRL-\ a - d	reserved for extensions
 |c_CTRL-\_e|	CTRL-\ e {expr} replace the command line with the result of
@@ -1046,6 +1053,8 @@ This is a brief but complete listing of all the ":" commands, without
 mentioning any arguments.  The optional part of the command name is inside [].
 The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 
+tag	      command	      action ~
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 |:!|		:!		filter lines or execute an external command
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"
@@ -1125,7 +1134,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:cgetbuffer|	:cgetb[uffer]	get errors from buffer
 |:cgetexpr|	:cgete[xpr]	get errors from expr
 |:cgetfile|	:cg[etfile]	read file with error messages
-|:changes|	:cha[nges]	print the change list
+|:changes|	:changes	print the change list
 |:chdir|	:chd[ir]	change directory
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
@@ -1256,7 +1265,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:k|		:k		set a mark
 |:keepalt|	:keepa[lt]	following command keeps the alternate file
 |:keepmarks|	:kee[pmarks]	following command keeps marks where they are
-|:keepjumps|	:keepj[jumps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
+|:keepjumps|	:keepj[umps]	following command keeps jumplist and marks
 |:lNext|	:lN[ext]	go to previous entry in location list
 |:lNfile|	:lNf[ile]	go to last entry in previous file
 |:list|		:l[ist]		print lines
@@ -1374,7 +1383,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:promptrepl|	:promptr[epl]	open GUI dialog for search/replace
 |:perldo|	:perld[o]	execute Perl command for each line
 |:pop|		:po[p]		jump to older entry in tag stack
-|:popup|	:pop[up]	popup a menu by name
+|:popup|	:popu[p]	popup a menu by name
 |:ppop|		:pp[op]		":pop" in preview window
 |:preserve|	:pre[serve]	write all text to swap file
 |:previous|	:prev[ious]	go to previous file in argument list
@@ -1460,7 +1469,7 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
 |:smagic|	:sm[agic]	:substitute with 'magic'
-|:smap|		:sma[p]		like ":map" but for Select mode
+|:smap|		:smap		like ":map" but for Select mode
 |:smapclear|	:smapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Select mode
 |:smenu|	:sme[nu]	add menu for Select mode
 |:snext|	:sn[ext]	split window and go to next file in the

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 27
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -380,11 +380,16 @@ The CTRL-O command sometimes has a side effect: If the cursor was beyond the
 end of the line, it will be put on the last character in the line.  In
 mappings it's often better to use <Esc> (first put an "x" in the text, <Esc>
 will then always put the cursor on it).  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but then
-beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.
+beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.  Note that the
+command following CTRL-\ CTRL-O can still move the cursor, it is not restored
+to its original position.
 
 The CTRL-O command takes you to Normal mode.  If you then use a command enter
-Insert mode again it doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and then <Esc>
-takes you back to Normal mode, you do not need to type <Esc> twice.
+Insert mode again it normally doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and
+then <Esc> takes you back to Normal mode, you do not need to type <Esc> twice.
+An exception is when not typing the command, e.g. when executing a mapping or
+sourcing a script.  This makes mappings work that briefly switch to Insert
+mode.
 
 The shifted cursor keys are not available on all terminals.
 
@@ -398,7 +403,12 @@ An example for using CTRL-G u: >
 
 This redefines the backspace key to start a new undo sequence.  You can now
 undo the effect of the backspace key, without changing what you typed before
-that, with CTRL-O u.
+that, with CTRL-O u.  Another example: >
+
+	:inoremap <CR> <C-]><C-G>u<CR>
+
+This breaks undo at each line break.  It also expands abbreviations before
+this.
 
 Using CTRL-O splits undo: the text typed before and after it is undone
 separately.  If you want to avoid this (e.g., in a mapping) you might be able
@@ -483,7 +493,7 @@ option}
 							*ins-smarttab*
 When the 'smarttab' option is on, a <Tab> inserts 'shiftwidth' positions at
 the beginning of a line and 'tabstop' positions in other places.  This means
-that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted.  When 'smarttab
+that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted.  When 'smarttab'
 is off, a <Tab> always inserts 'tabstop' positions, and 'shiftwidth' is only
 used for ">>" and the like.  {not in Vi}
 
@@ -1009,8 +1019,13 @@ The function must return the column where the completion starts.  It must be a
 number between zero and the cursor column "col('.')".  This involves looking
 at the characters just before the cursor and including those characters that
 could be part of the completed item.  The text between this column and the
-cursor column will be replaced with the matches.  Return -1 if no completion
-can be done.
+cursor column will be replaced with the matches.
+
+Special return values:
+   -1 If no completion can be done, the completion will be cancelled with an
+      error message.
+   -2 To cancel silently and stay in completion mode.
+   -3 To cancel silently and leave completion mode.
 
 On the second invocation the arguments are:
    a:findstart  0
@@ -1020,6 +1035,23 @@ On the second invocation the arguments are:
 The function must return a List with the matching words.  These matches
 usually include the "a:base" text.  When there are no matches return an empty
 List.
+
+In order to return more information than the matching words, return a Dict
+that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
+	words		The List of matching words (mandatory).
+	refresh		A string to control re-invocation of the function
+			(optional).
+			The only value currently recognized is "always", the
+			effect is that the function is called whenever the
+			leading text is changed.
+Other items are ignored.
+
+For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.
+
+For example, the function can contain this: >
+	let matches = ... list of words ...
+	return {'words': matches, 'refresh': 'always'}
+<
 						*complete-items*
 Each list item can either be a string or a Dictionary.  When it is a string it
 is used as the completion.  When it is a Dictionary it can contain these
@@ -1037,10 +1069,13 @@ items:
 			items that only differ in case are added
 	dup		when non-zero this match will be added even when an
 			item with the same word is already present.
+	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
+			an empty string
 
-All of these except 'icase' must be a string.  If an item does not meet these
-requirements then an error message is given and further items in the list are
-not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in the returned list.
+All of these except 'icase', 'dup' and 'empty' must be a string.  If an item
+does not meet these requirements then an error message is given and further
+items in the list are not used.  You can mix string and Dictionary items in
+the returned list.
 
 The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
 be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in
@@ -1064,9 +1099,9 @@ match to the total list.  These matches should then not appear in the returned
 list!  Call |complete_check()| now and then to allow the user to press a key
 while still searching for matches.  Stop searching when it returns non-zero.
 
-The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.  This
-option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for security
-reasons.
+							*E839* *E840*
+The function is allowed to move the cursor, it is restored afterwards.
+The function is not allowed to move to another window or delete text.
 
 An example that completes the names of the months: >
 	fun! CompleteMonths(findstart, base)

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,8 +135,10 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-Send bug reports to: Vim bugs <bugs@vim.org>
-This is not a maillist but the message is redirected to the Vim maintainer.
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
+This is a maillist, many people will see the message.  If you don't want that,
+e.g. because it is a security issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes
+to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
 example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the
@@ -392,6 +394,8 @@ CTRL-{char}	{char} typed as a control character; that is, typing {char}
 							*quotecommandquote*
 "command"	A reference to a command that you can type is enclosed in
 		double quotes.
+`command`	New style command, this distinguishes it from other quoted
+		text and strings.
 
 					*key-notation* *key-codes* *keycodes*
 These names for keys are used in the documentation.  They can also be used
@@ -616,7 +620,6 @@ Replace		 <Esc>	  --	  --	<Insert>	      --      --
 Command-line	 *3	  --	  --	 :start	    --		      --
 Ex		 :vi	  --	  --	 --	    --	      --
 
--  NA
 -- not possible
 
 *1 Go from Normal mode to Insert mode by giving the command "i", "I", "a",
@@ -703,7 +706,7 @@ Lines longer than the window width will wrap, unless the 'wrap' option is off
 (see below).  The 'linebreak' option can be set to wrap at a blank character.
 
 If the window has room after the last line of the buffer, Vim will show '~' in
-the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
+the first column of the last lines in the window, like this:
 
 	+-----------------------+
 	|some line		|
@@ -715,7 +718,7 @@ the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
 Thus the '~' lines indicate that the end of the buffer was reached.
 
 If the last line in a window doesn't fit, Vim will indicate this with a '@' in
-the first column of the last lines in the window, like this: >
+the first column of the last lines in the window, like this:
 
 	+-----------------------+
 	|first line		|
@@ -730,7 +733,7 @@ window.
 When the "lastline" flag is present in the 'display' option, you will not see
 '@' characters at the left side of window.  If the last line doesn't fit
 completely, only the part that fits is shown, and the last three characters of
-the last line are replaced with "@@@", like this: >
+the last line are replaced with "@@@", like this:
 
 	+-----------------------+
 	|first line		|

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -107,6 +107,8 @@ modes.
 :cmapc[lear]			|mapmode-c|		*:cmapc*  *:cmapclear*
 			Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  {not in Vi}
+			Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local
+			mappings |:map-<buffer>|
 			Warning: This also removes the default mappings.
 
 :map				|mapmode-nvo|
@@ -226,7 +228,7 @@ text before the cursor and start omni completion when some condition is met.
 
 For abbreviations |v:char| is set to the character that was typed to trigger
 the abbreviation.  You can use this to decide how to expand the {lhs}.  You
-can't change v:char and you should not insert it.
+should not either insert or change the v:char.
 
 Be very careful about side effects!  The expression is evaluated while
 obtaining characters, you may very well make the command dysfunctional.
@@ -235,11 +237,18 @@ For this reason the following is blocked:
 - Editing another buffer.
 - The |:normal| command.
 - Moving the cursor is allowed, but it is restored afterwards.
-- You can use getchar(), but the existing typeahead isn't seen and new
-  typeahead is discarded.
 If you want the mapping to do any of these let the returned characters do
 that.
 
+You can use getchar(), it consumes typeahead if there is any. E.g., if you
+have these mappings: >
+  inoremap <expr> <C-L> nr2char(getchar())
+  inoremap <expr> <C-L>x "foo"
+If you now type CTRL-L nothing happens yet, Vim needs the next character to
+decide what mapping to use.  If you type 'x' the second mapping is used and
+"foo" is inserted.  If you type any other key the first mapping is used,
+getchar() gets the typed key and returns it.
+
 Here is an example that inserts a list number that increases: >
 	let counter = 0
 	inoremap <expr> <C-L> ListItem()
@@ -480,9 +489,9 @@ You can create an empty {rhs} by typing nothing after a single CTRL-V (you
 have to type CTRL-V two times).  Unfortunately, you cannot do this in a vimrc
 file.
 							*<Nop>*
-A easier way to get a mapping that doesn't produce anything, is to use "<Nop>"
-for the {rhs}.  This only works when the |<>| notation is enabled.  For
-example, to make sure that function key 8 does nothing at all: >
+An easier way to get a mapping that doesn't produce anything, is to use
+"<Nop>" for the {rhs}.  This only works when the |<>| notation is enabled.
+For example, to make sure that function key 8 does nothing at all: >
 	:map  <F8>  <Nop>
 	:map! <F8>  <Nop>
 <
@@ -495,7 +504,7 @@ scenario: >
 	:set encoding=utf-8
 The mapping for <M-C> is defined with the latin1 encoding, resulting in a 0xc3
 byte.  If you type the character <20> (0xe1 <M-a>) in UTF-8 encoding this is the
-two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then,
+two bytes 0xc3 0xa1.  You don't want the 0xc3 byte to be mapped then or
 otherwise it would be impossible to type the <20> character.
 
 					*<Leader>* *mapleader*
@@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ mappings.
 <LocalLeader> is just like <Leader>, except that it uses "maplocalleader"
 instead of "mapleader".  <LocalLeader> is to be used for mappings which are
 local to a buffer.  Example: >
-      :map <LocalLeader>q  \DoItNow
+      :map <buffer> <LocalLeader>A  oanother line<Esc>
 <
 In a global plugin <Leader> should be used and in a filetype plugin
 <LocalLeader>.  "mapleader" and "maplocalleader" can be equal.  Although, if
@@ -542,6 +551,7 @@ construct can be used:
 	<Char-123>	character 123
 	<Char-033>	character 27
 	<Char-0x7f>	character 127
+	<S-Char-114>    character 114 ('r') shifted ('R')
 This is useful to specify a (multi-byte) character in a 'keymap' file.
 Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.
 
@@ -934,11 +944,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			avoid that a typed {lhs} is expanded, since
 			command-line abbreviations apply here.
 
-:ab[breviate] [<expr>] {lhs} {rhs}
+:ab[breviate] [<expr>] [<buffer>] {lhs} {rhs}
 			add abbreviation for {lhs} to {rhs}.  If {lhs} already
 			existed it is replaced with the new {rhs}.  {rhs} may
 			contain spaces.
 			See |:map-<expr>| for the optional <expr> argument.
+			See |:map-<buffer>| for the optional <buffer> argument.
 
 						*:una* *:unabbreviate*
 :una[bbreviate] {lhs}	Remove abbreviation for {lhs} from the list.  If none
@@ -948,12 +959,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			expansion insert a CTRL-V (type it twice).
 
 						*:norea* *:noreabbrev*
-:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:norea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but no remapping for this {rhs} {not
 			in Vi}
 
 						*:ca* *:cabbrev*
-:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:ca[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only.  {not
 			in Vi}
 
@@ -962,12 +973,12 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			in Vi}
 
 						*:cnorea* *:cnoreabbrev*
-:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:cnorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Command-line mode only and no
 			remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}
 
 						*:ia* *:iabbrev*
-:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:ia[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only.  {not in Vi}
 
 						*:iuna* *:iunabbrev*
@@ -975,18 +986,18 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			Vi}
 
 						*:inorea* *:inoreabbrev*
-:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [lhs] [rhs]
+:inorea[bbrev] [<expr>] [<buffer>] [lhs] [rhs]
 			same as ":ab", but for Insert mode only and no
 			remapping for this {rhs} {not in Vi}
 
 							*:abc* *:abclear*
-:abc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations.  {not in Vi}
+:abc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*:iabc* *:iabclear*
-:iabc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode.  {not in Vi}
+:iabc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations for Insert mode.  {not in Vi}
 
 							*:cabc* *:cabclear*
-:cabc[lear]		Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode.  {not
+:cabc[lear] [<buffer>]	Remove all abbreviations for Command-line mode.  {not
 			in Vi}
 
 							*using_CTRL-V*
@@ -1093,16 +1104,20 @@ is executed, it is transformed into a normal Ex command and then executed.
 
 For starters: See section |40.2| in the user manual.
 
-						*E183* *user-cmd-ambiguous*
+					*E183* *E841* *user-cmd-ambiguous*
 All user defined commands must start with an uppercase letter, to avoid
-confusion with builtin commands.  (There are a few builtin commands, notably
-:Next, :Print and :X, which do start with an uppercase letter.  The builtin
-will always take precedence in these cases).  The other characters of the user
-command can be uppercase letters, lowercase letters or digits.  When using
-digits, note that other commands that take a numeric argument may become
-ambiguous.  For example, the command ":Cc2" could be the user command ":Cc2"
-without an argument, or the command ":Cc" with argument "2".  It is advised to
-put a space between the command name and the argument to avoid these problems.
+confusion with builtin commands.  Exceptions are these builtin commands:
+	:Next
+	:X
+They cannot be used for a user defined command.  ":Print" is also an existing
+command, but it is deprecated and can be overruled.
+
+The other characters of the user command can be uppercase letters, lowercase
+letters or digits.  When using digits, note that other commands that take a
+numeric argument may become ambiguous.  For example, the command ":Cc2" could
+be the user command ":Cc2" without an argument, or the command ":Cc" with
+argument "2".  It is advised to put a space between the command name and the
+argument to avoid these problems.
 
 When using a user-defined command, the command can be abbreviated.  However, if
 an abbreviation is not unique, an error will be issued.  Furthermore, a
@@ -1173,13 +1188,15 @@ reported if any are supplied).  However, it is possible to specify that the
 command can take arguments, using the -nargs attribute.  Valid cases are:
 
 	-nargs=0    No arguments are allowed (the default)
-	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required
-	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many)
+	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required, it includes spaces 
+	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many),
+		    separated by white space
 	-nargs=?    0 or 1 arguments are allowed
 	-nargs=+    Arguments must be supplied, but any number are allowed
 
 Arguments are considered to be separated by (unescaped) spaces or tabs in this
-context.
+context, except when there is one argument, then the white space is part of
+the argument.
 
 Note that arguments are used as text, not as expressions.  Specifically,
 "s:var" will use the script-local variable in the script where the command was
@@ -1202,17 +1219,23 @@ completion can be enabled:
 
 	-complete=augroup	autocmd groups
 	-complete=buffer	buffer names
+	-complete=behave	:behave suboptions
+	-complete=color		color schemes
 	-complete=command	Ex command (and arguments)
+	-complete=compiler	compilers
 	-complete=cscope	|:cscope| suboptions
 	-complete=dir		directory names
 	-complete=environment	environment variable names
 	-complete=event		autocommand events
 	-complete=expression	Vim expression
 	-complete=file		file and directory names
+	-complete=file_in_path	file and directory names in |'path'|
 	-complete=filetype	filetype names |'filetype'|
 	-complete=function	function name
 	-complete=help		help subjects
 	-complete=highlight	highlight groups
+	-complete=history	:history suboptions
+	-complete=locale	locale names (as output of locale -a)
 	-complete=mapping	mapping name
 	-complete=menu		menus
 	-complete=option	options
@@ -1221,6 +1244,7 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
 	-complete=tag		tags
 	-complete=tag_listfiles	tags, file names are shown when CTRL-D is hit
+	-complete=user		user names
 	-complete=var		user variables
 	-complete=custom,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 	-complete=customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
@@ -1287,7 +1311,8 @@ Possible attributes are:
 	-range	    Range allowed, default is current line
 	-range=%    Range allowed, default is whole file (1,$)
 	-range=N    A count (default N) which is specified in the line
-		    number position (like |:split|)
+		    number position (like |:split|); allows for zero line
+		    number.
 	-count=N    A count (default N) which is specified either in the line
 		    number position, or as an initial argument (like |:Next|).
 		    Specifying -count (without a default) acts like -count=0

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 26
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Note that all encodings must use ASCII for the characters up to 128 (except
 when compiled for EBCDIC).
 
 Supported 'encoding' values are:			*encoding-values*
-1   latin1	8-bit characters (ISO 8859-1)
+1   latin1	8-bit characters (ISO 8859-1, also used for cp1252)
 1   iso-8859-n	ISO_8859 variant (n = 2 to 15)
 1   koi8-r	Russian
 1   koi8-u	Ukrainian
@@ -336,7 +336,11 @@ For MS-Windows "cp{number}" means using codepage {number}.
 Examples: >
 		:set encoding=8bit-cp1252
 		:set encoding=2byte-cp932
-<
+
+The MS-Windows codepage 1252 is very similar to latin1.  For practical reasons
+the same encoding is used and it's called latin1.  'isprint' can be used to
+display the characters 0x80 - 0xA0 or not.
+
 Several aliases can be used, they are translated to one of the names above.
 An incomplete list:
 
@@ -471,7 +475,7 @@ Useful utilities for converting the charset:
 	|charset| converter.  Supported |charset|: ISO-2022-CN, ISO-2022-JP,
 	ISO-2022-KR, EUC-CN, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, UTF-7, UTF-8, ISO-8859
 	series, Shift_JIS, Big5 and HZ.  Lv can be found at:
-	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/freeware/lv4495.tar.gz
+	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/lv/index.html
 
 
 							*mbyte-conversion*
@@ -611,7 +615,7 @@ Each field means:
 	    charsets, such as JIS X 0208, if this field is 0, code points has
 	    the same value as GL, and GR if 1.
 
-For example, in case of a 14 dots font corresponding to JIS X 0208, it is
+For example, in case of a 16 dots font corresponding to JIS X 0208, it is
 written like:
     -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-110-100-100-c-160-jisx0208.1990-0
 
@@ -793,8 +797,8 @@ is suitable for complex input, such as CJK.
   number of Hira-gana characters are 76.  So, first, we pre-input text as
   pronounced in Hira-gana, second, we convert Hira-gana to Kanji or Kata-Kana,
   if needed.  There are some Kana-Kanji conversion server: jserver
-  (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna could be found at:
-  ftp://ftp.nec.co.jp/pub/Canna/ (no longer works).
+  (distributed with Wnn, see below) and canna.  Canna can be found at:
+  http://canna.sourceforge.jp/
 
 There is a good input system: Wnn4.2.  Wnn 4.2 contains,
     xwnmo (|IM-server|)
@@ -853,7 +857,7 @@ Use the RPM or port for your system.
 
 
 USING XIM			*multibyte-input* *E284* *E286* *E287* *E288*
-				*E285* *E291* *E292* *E290* *E289*
+				*E285* *E289*
 
 Note that Display and Input are independent.  It is possible to see your
 language even though you have no input method for it.  But when your Display
@@ -1063,7 +1067,7 @@ The actual mappings are in the lines below "loadkeymap".  In the example "a"
 is mapped to "A" and "b" to "B".  Thus the first item is mapped to the second
 item.  This is done for each line, until the end of the file.
 These items are exactly the same as what can be used in a |:lnoremap| command,
-using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer..
+using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer.
 You can check the result with this command: >
 	:lmap
 The two items must be separated by white space.  You cannot include white
@@ -1081,6 +1085,13 @@ Since the mapping is defined with |:lnoremap| the resulting quote will not be
 used for the start of another character.
 The "accents" keymap uses this.				*keymap-accents*
 
+The first column can also be in |<>| form:
+	<C-c>		Ctrl-C
+	<A-c>		Alt-c
+	<A-C>		Alt-C
+Note that the Alt mappings may not work, depending on your keyboard and
+terminal.
+
 Although it's possible to have more than one character in the second column,
 this is unusual.  But you can use various ways to specify the character: >
 	A	a		literal character
@@ -1302,8 +1313,8 @@ character.  However, search patterns may not match on an overlong sequence.
 character.)  An exception is NUL (zero) which is displayed as "<00>".
 
 In the file and buffer the full range of Unicode characters can be used (31
-bits).  However, displaying only works for 16 bit characters, and only for the
-characters present in the selected font.
+bits).  However, displaying only works for the characters present in the
+selected font.
 
 Useful commands:
 - "ga" shows the decimal, hexadecimal and octal value of the character under

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ The "g<" command can be used to see the last page of previous command output.
 This is especially useful if you accidentally typed <Space> at the hit-enter
 prompt.  You are then back at the hit-enter prompt and can then scroll further
 back.
-Note: when you stopped the output with "q" at the more prompt only up to that
-point will be displayed.
+Note: If the output has been stopped with "q" at the more prompt, it will only
+be displayed up to this point.
 The previous command output is cleared when another command produces output.
 
 If you are using translated messages, the first printed line tells who
@@ -481,8 +481,10 @@ Also see |msdos-limitations|.
 							*E339*  >
   Pattern too long
 
-This only happens on systems with 16 bit ints: The compiled regexp pattern is
+This happens on systems with 16 bit ints: The compiled regexp pattern is
 longer than about 65000 characters.  Try using a shorter pattern.
+It also happens when the offset of a rule doesn't fit in the space available.
+Try simplifying the pattern.
 
 							*E45*  >
   'readonly' option is set (add ! to override)
@@ -728,7 +730,11 @@ Vim cannot create a temporary file.
   Can't open file {filename}
   Can't read file {filename}
 
-Vim cannot read a temporary file.
+Vim cannot read a temporary file.  Especially on Windows, this can be caused
+by wrong escaping of special characters for cmd.exe; the approach was
+changed with patch 7.3.443.  Try using |shellescape()| for all shell arguments
+given to |system()|, or explicitly add escaping with ^.  Also see
+'shellxquote' and 'shellxescape'.
 
 							*E464*  >
   Ambiguous use of user-defined command

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			system.  Some systems accept aliases like "en" or
 			"en_US", but some only accept the full specification
 			like "en_US.ISO_8859-1".  On Unix systems you can use
-			the this command to see what locales are supported: >
+			this command to see what locales are supported: >
 				:!locale -a
 <			With the "messages" argument the language used for
 			messages is set.  This can be different when you want,
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ use of "-" and "_".
 			With the "ctype" argument the language used for
 			character encoding is set.  This affects the libraries
 			that Vim was linked with.  It's unusual to set this to
-			a different value from 'encoding'.  This sets
+			a different value from 'encoding' or "C".  This sets
 			$LC_CTYPE.
 			With the "time" argument the language used for time
 			and date messages is set.  This affects strftime().

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 May 14
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ or change text.  The following operators are available:
 	|>|	>	shift right
 	|<|	<	shift left
 	|zf|	zf	define a fold
-	|g@|    g@      call function set with the 'operatorfunc' option
+	|g@|	g@	call function set with the 'operatorfunc' option
 
 If the motion includes a count and the operator also had a count before it,
 the two counts are multiplied.  For example: "2d3w" deletes six words.
@@ -104,13 +104,14 @@ strokes and has limited redo functionality.  See the chapter on Visual mode
 |Visual-mode|.
 
 You can use a ":" command for a motion.  For example "d:call FindEnd()".
-But this can't be redone with "." if the command is more than one line.
+But this can't be repeated with "." if the command is more than one line.
 This can be repeated: >
 	d:call search("f")<CR>
 This cannot be repeated: >
 	d:if 1<CR>
 	   call search("f")<CR>
 	endif<CR>
+Note that when using ":" any motion becomes characterwise exclusive.
 
 
 FORCING A MOTION TO BE LINEWISE, CHARACTERWISE OR BLOCKWISE
@@ -269,11 +270,11 @@ T{char}			Till after [count]'th occurrence of {char} to the
 			{char} can be entered like with the |f| command.
 
 							*;*
-;			Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times.
+;			Repeat latest f, t, F or T [count] times. See |cpo-;|
 
 							*,*
 ,			Repeat latest f, t, F or T in opposite direction
-			[count] times.
+			[count] times. See also |cpo-;|
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Up-down motions					*up-down-motions*
@@ -326,6 +327,7 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			non-blank character |linewise|.  If 'startofline' not
 			set, keep the same column.
 
+							*:[range]*
 :[range]		Set the cursor on the last line number in [range].
 			[range] can also be just one line number, e.g., ":1"
 			or ":'m".
@@ -344,6 +346,8 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			last number in it used as the byte count.  End-of-line
 			characters are counted depending on the current
 			'fileformat' setting.
+			Also see the |line2byte()| function, and the 'o'
+			option in 'statusline'.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the
 			|+byte_offset| feature}
@@ -511,6 +515,8 @@ always select less text than the "a" commands.
 These commands are {not in Vi}.
 These commands are not available when the |+textobjects| feature has been
 disabled at compile time.
+Also see `gn` and `gN`, operating on the last search pattern.
+
 							*v_aw* *aw*
 aw			"a word", select [count] words (see |word|).
 			Leading or trailing white space is included, but not
@@ -687,6 +693,7 @@ movement commands are used.
 	"daw"	delete a word				*daw*
 	"diW"	delete inner WORD (see |WORD|)		*diW*
 	"daW"	delete a WORD (see |WORD|)		*daW*
+	"dgn"   delete the next search pattern match    *dgn*
 	"dd"	delete one line				|dd|
 	"dis"	delete inner sentence			*dis*
 	"das"	delete a sentence			*das*
@@ -748,6 +755,13 @@ m[  or  m]		Set the |'[| or |']| mark.  Useful when an operator is
 			to be simulated by multiple commands.  (does not move
 			the cursor, this is not a motion command).
 
+						*m<* *m>*
+m<  or  m>		Set the |'<| or |'>| mark.  Useful to change what the
+			`gv` command selects.  (does not move the cursor, this
+			is not a motion command).
+			Note that the Visual mode cannot be set, only the
+			start and end position.
+
 						*:ma* *:mark* *E191*
 :[range]ma[rk] {a-zA-Z'}
 			Set mark {a-zA-Z'} at last line number in [range],
@@ -1015,8 +1029,6 @@ CTRL-O			Go to [count] Older cursor position in jump list
 <Tab>		or					*CTRL-I* *<Tab>*
 CTRL-I			Go to [count] newer cursor position in jump list
 			(not a motion command).
-			In a |quickfix-window| it takes you to the position of
-			the error under the cursor.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available without the |+jumplist| feature}
 
@@ -1033,20 +1045,20 @@ The maximum number of entries is fixed at 100.
 
 For example, after three jump commands you have this jump list:
 
-  jump line  col file/line ~
+  jump line  col file/text ~
     3	  1    0 some text ~
     2	 70    0 another line ~
     1  1154   23 end. ~
  > ~
 
-The "file/line" column shows the file name, or the text at the jump if it is
+The "file/text" column shows the file name, or the text at the jump if it is
 in the current file (an indent is removed and a long line is truncated to fit
 in the window).
 
 You are currently in line 1167.  If you then use the CTRL-O command, the
 cursor is put in line 1154.  This results in:
 
-  jump line  col file/line ~
+  jump line  col file/text ~
     2	  1    0 some text ~
     1	 70    0 another line ~
  >  0  1154   23 end. ~
@@ -1076,7 +1088,7 @@ command.  You can explicitly add a jump by setting the ' mark.
 After the CTRL-O command that got you into line 1154 you could give another
 jump command (e.g., "G").  The jump list would then become:
 
-  jump line  col file/line ~
+  jump line  col file/text ~
     4	  1    0 some text ~
     3	 70    0 another line ~
     2  1167    0 foo bar ~

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 29
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -263,6 +263,12 @@ The messages are currently sent over a socket.  Since the messages are in
 plain UTF-8 text this protocol could also be used with any other communication
 mechanism.
 
+Netbeans messages are processed when Vim is idle, waiting for user input.
+When Vim is run in non-interactive mode, for example when running an automated
+test case that sources a Vim script, the idle loop may not be called often
+enough. In that case, insert |:sleep| commands in the Vim script. The |:sleep|
+command does invoke Netbeans messages processing.
+
 6.1 Kinds of messages		|nb-messages|
 6.2 Terms			|nb-terms|
 6.3 Commands			|nb-commands|
@@ -833,11 +839,16 @@ These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
 			signs.
 
 							*:nbkey*
-:nb[key] {key}		Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing
-
-When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys command, this command
-can be used to generate a hotkey messages to the Vim Controller. The events
-newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are generated (in this order).
+:nb[key] {key}		Pass the {key} to the Vim Controller for processing.
+			When a hot-key has been installed with the specialKeys
+			command, this command can be used to generate a hotkey
+			message to the Vim Controller.
+			This command can also be used to pass any text to the
+			Vim  Controller. It is used by Pyclewn, for example,
+			to build the complete set of gdb commands as Vim user
+			commands.
+			The events newDotAndMark, keyCommand and keyAtPos are
+			generated (in this order).
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 23
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -150,6 +150,18 @@ example, if Alt-b produces <Esc>b, use this: >
 (the ^[ is a real <Esc> here, use CTRL-V <Esc> to enter it)
 The advantage over a mapping is that it works in all situations.
 
+You can define any key codes, e.g.: >
+	:set t_xy=^[foo;
+There is no warning for using a name that isn't recognized.  You can map these
+codes as you like: >
+	:map <t_xy> something
+<								*E846*
+When a key code is not set, it's like it does not exist.  Trying to get its
+value will result in an error: >
+	:set t_kb=
+	:set t_kb
+	E846: Key code not set: t_kb
+
 The t_xx options cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 security reasons.
 
@@ -289,9 +301,8 @@ You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
 			copying the value.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-:se[t] {option}<	Set the local value of {option} to its global value by
-			making it empty.  Only makes sense for |global-local|
-			options.
+:se[t] {option}<	For |global-local| options: Remove the local value of
+			{option}, so that the global value will be used.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:setg* *:setglobal*
@@ -361,6 +372,7 @@ Setting the filetype
 			settings and syntax files to be loaded.
 			{not in Vi}
 
+				*option-window* *optwin*
 :bro[wse] se[t]			*:set-browse* *:browse-set* *:opt* *:options*
 :opt[ions]		Open a window for viewing and setting all options.
 			Options are grouped by function.
@@ -388,6 +400,9 @@ On Unix systems the form "${HOME}" can be used too.  The name between {} can
 contain non-id characters then.  Note that if you want to use this for the
 "gf" command, you need to add the '{' and '}' characters to 'isfname'.
 
+On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
+at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
+
 NOTE: expanding environment variables and "~/" is only done with the ":set"
 command, not when assigning a value to an option with ":let".
 
@@ -684,6 +699,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
 	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
+	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
+	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
+	sescape sequense to request cursor position report.
+
 			*'antialias'* *'anti'* *'noantialias'* *'noanti'*
 'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default: off)
 			global
@@ -729,7 +748,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- Reset the 'rightleft' option.
 	- Disable the use of 'keymap' (without changing its value).
 	Note that 'arabicshape' and 'delcombine' are not reset (it is a global
-	option.
+	option).
 	Also see |arabic.txt|.
 
 					*'arabicshape'* *'arshape'*
@@ -741,7 +760,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	When on and 'termbidi' is off, the required visual character
 	corrections that need to take place for displaying the Arabic language
-	take affect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
+	take effect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
 	one which encompasses:
 	  a) the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
 	     within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
@@ -802,7 +821,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	been set.
 
 							*'background'* *'bg'*
-'background' 'bg'	string	(default "dark" or "light")
+'background' 'bg'	string	(default "dark" or "light", see below)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When set to "dark", Vim will try to use colors that look good on a
@@ -836,6 +855,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	color).  To get around this, force the GUI window to be opened by
 	putting a ":gui" command in the .gvimrc file, before where the value
 	of 'background' is used (e.g., before ":syntax on").
+
+	For MS-DOS, Windows and OS/2 the default is "dark".
+	For other systems "dark" is used when 'term' is "linux",
+	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
+	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
+
 	Normally this option would be set in the .vimrc file.  Possibly
 	depending on the terminal name.  Example: >
 		:if &term == "pcterm"
@@ -965,7 +990,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
 	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
 	  create it for you.
-	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
+	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ( 'patchmode' is
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
@@ -1026,6 +1051,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When $TMPDIR, $TMP or $TEMP is not defined, it is not used for the
 	default value.  "/tmp/*" is only used for Unix.
 
+	WARNING: Not having a backup file means that when Vim fails to write
+	your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
+	lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only disable
+	backups if you don't care about losing the file.
+
 	Note that environment variables are not expanded.  If you want to use
 	$HOME you must expand it explicitly, e.g.: >
 		:let backupskip = escape(expand('$HOME'), '\') . '/tmp/*'
@@ -1081,8 +1111,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Vim does not try to send a message to an external debugger (Netbeans
 	or Sun Workshop).
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'balloonexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -1198,7 +1228,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			|:bwipeout|
 
 	CAREFUL: when "unload", "delete" or "wipe" is used changes in a buffer
-	are lost without a warning.
+	are lost without a warning.  Also, these values may break autocommands
+	that switch between buffers temporarily.
 	This option is used together with 'buftype' and 'swapfile' to specify
 	special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
 
@@ -1425,6 +1456,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option is a list of comma separated names.
 	These names are recognized:
 
+						*clipboard-unnamed*
 	unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register '*'
 			for all yank, delete, change and put operations which
 			would normally go to the unnamed register.  When a
@@ -1434,6 +1466,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			explicitly accessed using the "* notation.  Also see
 			|gui-clipboard|.
 
+						*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+	unnamedplus	A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
+			clipboard register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of
+			register '*' for all yank, delete, change and put
+			operations which would normally go to the unnamed
+			register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
+			option, yank operations (but not delete, change or
+			put) will additionally copy the text into register
+			'*'.
+			Only available with the |+X11| feature.
+			Availability can be checked with: >
+				if has('unnamedplus')
+<
+						*clipboard-autoselect*
 	autoselect	Works like the 'a' flag in 'guioptions': If present,
 			then whenever Visual mode is started, or the Visual
 			area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of the
@@ -1445,9 +1491,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			"autoselect" flag is used.
 			Also applies to the modeless selection.
 
+						*clipboard-autoselectplus*
+	autoselectplus  Like "autoselect" but using the + register instead of
+			the * register.  Compare to the 'P' flag in
+			'guioptions'.
+
+						*clipboard-autoselectml*
 	autoselectml	Like "autoselect", but for the modeless selection
 			only.  Compare to the 'A' flag in 'guioptions'.
 
+						*clipboard-html*
 	html		When the clipboard contains HTML, use this when
 			pasting.  When putting text on the clipboard, mark it
 			as HTML.  This works to copy rendered HTML from
@@ -1458,6 +1511,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			Only supported for GTK version 2 and later.
 			Only available with the |+multi_byte| feature.
 
+						*clipboard-exclude*
 	exclude:{pattern}
 			Defines a pattern that is matched against the name of
 			the terminal 'term'.  If there is a match, no
@@ -1653,7 +1707,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
 	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
-	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
+	.	scan the current buffer ( 'wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
 	u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -1699,7 +1753,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	with CTRL-X CTRL-U. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
 	invoked and what it should return.
-
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
@@ -2088,6 +2143,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*cpo->*
 		>	When appending to a register, put a line break before
 			the appended text.
+								*cpo-;*
+		;	When using |,| or |;| to repeat the last |t| search
+			and the cursor is right in front of the searched
+			character, the cursor won't move. When not included,
+			the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
+			following occurrence.
 
 	POSIX flags.  These are not included in the Vi default value, except
 	when $VIM_POSIX was set on startup. |posix|
@@ -2180,6 +2241,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope results.
 	See |cscopequickfix|.
 
+						*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'*
+'cscoperelative' 'csre' boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+cscope|
+			feature}
+			{not in Vi}
+	In the absence of a prefix (-P) for cscope. setting this option enables
+	to use the basename of cscope.out path as the prefix.
+	See |cscoperelative|.
+
 				*'cscopetag'* *'cst'* *'nocscopetag'* *'nocst'*
 'cscopetag' 'cst'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -2843,6 +2914,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
 	     Except: if "unix" was chosen, but there is a <CR> before
 	     the first <NL>, and there appear to be more <CR>s than <NL>s in
+	     the first few lines, "mac" is used.
 	  4. If 'fileformat' is still not set, the first name from
 	     'fileformats' is used.
 	  When reading a file into an existing buffer, the same is done, but
@@ -2850,6 +2922,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  file only, the option is not changed.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.
 
+	Note that when Vim starts up with an empty buffer this option is not
+	used.  Set 'fileformat' in your .vimrc instead.
+
 	For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
 	are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
 	done:
@@ -2866,6 +2941,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+			*'fileignorecase'* *'wic'* *'nofileignorecase'* *'nowic'*
+'fileignorecase' 'wic'	boolean	(default on for systems where case in file
+				 names is normally ignored.
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When set case is ignored when using file names and directories.
+	See 'wildignorecase' for only ignoring case when doing completion.
+
 					*'filetype'* *'ft'*
 'filetype' 'ft'		string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
@@ -2890,8 +2973,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This will use the "c" filetype first, then the "doxygen" filetype.
 	This works both for filetype plugins and for syntax files.  More than
 	one dot may appear.
-	Do not confuse this option with 'osfiletype', which is for the file
-	type that is actually stored with the file.
 	This option is not copied to another buffer, independent of the 's' or
 	'S' flag in 'cpoptions'.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
@@ -2985,8 +3066,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr".  It is evaluated
 	for each line to obtain its fold level.  See |fold-expr|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option can't be set from a |modeline| when the 'diff' option is
 	on.
 
@@ -3063,9 +3144,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
 			feature}
-	Sets the minimum number of screen lines for a fold to be displayed
-	closed.  Also for manually closed folds.
-	Note that this only has an effect of what is displayed.  After using
+	Sets the number of screen lines above which a fold can be displayed
+	closed.  Also for manually closed folds.  With the default value of
+	one a fold can only be closed if it takes up two or more screen lines.
+	Set to zero to be able to close folds of just one screen line.
+	Note that this only has an effect on what is displayed.  After using
 	"zc" to close a fold, which is displayed open because it's smaller
 	than 'foldminlines', a following "zc" may close a containing fold.
 
@@ -3126,8 +3209,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	An expression which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
 	fold.  See |fold-foldtext|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldtext' |textlock|.
@@ -3172,8 +3255,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	format function will be used |C-indenting|.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
 'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
@@ -3206,8 +3289,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
 	the internal format mechanism.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
+	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
 
 						*'fsync'* *'fs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean	(default on)
@@ -3359,7 +3443,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    :highlight Cursor gui=NONE guifg=bg guibg=fg
 <
 					*'guifont'* *'gfn'*
-						   *E235* *E596* *E610* *E611*
+						   *E235* *E596*
 'guifont' 'gfn'		string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -3491,6 +3575,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to set 'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice
 	made by Pango/Xft.
 
+	Windows +multibyte only:		*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
+
+	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is used for IME instead of 'guifont'.
+
 						*'guiheadroom'* *'ghr'*
 'guiheadroom' 'ghr'	number	(default 50)
 			global
@@ -3504,8 +3592,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	screen.
 
 						*'guioptions'* *'go'*
-'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "gmrLtT"   (MS-Windows),
-					 "agimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
+'guioptions' 'go'	string	(default "egmrLtT"   (MS-Windows),
+					 "aegimrLtT" (GTK, Motif and Athena))
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
@@ -3531,6 +3619,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		windowing system's global selection unless explicitly told to
 		by a yank or delete operation for the "* register.
 		The same applies to the modeless selection.
+								*'go-P'*
+	  'P'	Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
+	  	register.
 								*'go-A'*
 	  'A'	Autoselect for the modeless selection.  Like 'a', but only
 		applies to the modeless selection.
@@ -3719,9 +3810,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'highlight' 'hl'	string	(default (as a single string):
 				     "8:SpecialKey,@:NonText,d:Directory,
 				     e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,l:Search,m:MoreMsg,
-				     M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,r:Question,
-				     s:StatusLine,S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,
-				     t:Title,v:Visual,w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,
+				     M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,N:CursorLineNr,
+				     r:Question,s:StatusLine,S:StatusLineNC,
+				     c:VertSplit, t:Title,v:Visual,
+				     w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,
 				     f:Folded,F:FoldColumn,A:DiffAdd,
 				     C:DiffChange,D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,
 				     >:SignColumn,B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,
@@ -3747,6 +3839,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
+			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
 	|hl-StatusLine|	 s  status line of current window |status-line|
 	|hl-StatusLineNC| S  status lines of not-current windows
@@ -3808,14 +3902,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	are not applied.
 	See also: 'incsearch' and |:match|.
 	When you get bored looking at the highlighted matches, you can turn it
-	off with |:nohlsearch|.  As soon as you use a search command, the
-	highlighting comes back.
+	off with |:nohlsearch|.  This does not change the option value, as
+	soon as you use a search command, the highlighting comes back.
 	'redrawtime' specifies the maximum time spent on finding matches.
 	When the search pattern can match an end-of-line, Vim will try to
 	highlight all of the matched text.  However, this depends on where the
 	search starts.  This will be the first line in the window or the first
 	line below a closed fold.  A match in a previous line which is not
 	drawn may not continue in a newly drawn line.
+	You can specify whether the highlight status is restored on startup
+	with the 'h' flag in 'viminfo' |viminfo-h|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'history'* *'hi'*
@@ -4024,8 +4120,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
 	Also used for |<cfile>|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'includeexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4068,7 +4164,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	It is used when a new line is created, for the |=| operator and
 	in Insert mode as specified with the 'indentkeys' option.
 	When this option is not empty, it overrules the 'cindent' and
-	'smartindent' indenting.
+	'smartindent' indenting.  When 'lisp' is set, this option is
+	overridden by the Lisp indentation algorithm.
 	When 'paste' is set this option is not used for indenting.
 	The expression is evaluated with |v:lnum| set to the line number for
 	which the indent is to be computed.  The cursor is also in this line
@@ -4088,8 +4185,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |indent-expression|.
 	NOTE: This option is made empty when 'compatible' is set.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'indentexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4291,6 +4388,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"echo &key".  This is to avoid showing it to someone who shouldn't
 	know.  It also means you cannot see it yourself once you have set it,
 	be careful not to make a typing error!
+	You can use "&key" in an expression to detect whether encryption is
+	enabled.  When 'key' is set it returns "*****" (five stars).
 
 					*'keymap'* *'kmp'* *E544*
 'keymap' 'kmp'		string	(default "")
@@ -4516,24 +4615,31 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
+	  						*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
 			line.
+	  						*lcs-tab*
 	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a tab.  The first
 			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
 			fill the space that the tab normally occupies.
 			"tab:>-" will show a tab that takes four spaces as
 			">---".  When omitted, a tab is show as ^I.
+	  						*lcs-trail*
 	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
 			trailing spaces are blank.
+	  						*lcs-extends*
 	  extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
+	  						*lcs-precedes*
 	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
 			is off and there is text preceding the character
 			visible in the first column.
+	  						*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
+	  						*lcs-nbsp*
 	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
 			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
 
@@ -4627,8 +4733,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	Characters that form pairs.  The |%| command jumps from one to the
-	other.  Currently only single byte character pairs are allowed, and
-	they must be different.  The characters must be separated by a colon.
+	other.
+	Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
+	jump between two double quotes.
+	The characters must be separated by a colon.
 	The pairs must be separated by a comma.  Example for including '<' and
 	'>' (HTML): >
 		:set mps+=<:>
@@ -4808,6 +4916,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
 	   values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
 	   reset.
+	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
+	result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
+	FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See |gzip-example| for
+	an explanation.
 	When 'buftype' is "nowrite" or "nofile" this option may be set, but
 	will be ignored.
 
@@ -4996,7 +5108,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	respectively; see |CTRL-A| for more info on these commands.
 	alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
 		incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a list with a
-		letter index a), b), etc.			*octal-number*
+		letter index a), b), etc.	  	*octal-nrformats*
 	octal	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
 		to be octal.  Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
 	hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
@@ -5016,7 +5128,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	number.
 	When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
 	characters are put before the number.
-	See |hl-LineNr| for the highlighting used for the number.
+	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
+	the number.
 	When setting this option, 'relativenumber' is reset.
 
 						*'numberwidth'* *'nuw'*
@@ -5049,6 +5162,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	invoked and what it should return.
 	This option is usually set by a filetype plugin:
 	|:filetype-plugin-on|
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
@@ -5074,20 +5189,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 
-					*'osfiletype'* *'oft'* *E366*
-'osfiletype' 'oft'	string (RISC-OS default: "Text",
-				others default: "")
+					*'osfiletype'* *'oft'*
+'osfiletype' 'oft'	string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
-			{only available when compiled with the |+osfiletype|
-			feature}
-	Some operating systems store extra information about files besides
-	name, datestamp and permissions.  This option contains the extra
-	information, the nature of which will vary between systems.
-	The value of this option is usually set when the file is loaded, and
-	is used to set the operating system file type when file is written.
-	It can affect the pattern matching of the automatic commands.
-	|autocmd-osfiletypes|
+	This option was supported on RISC OS, which has been removed.
+
 
 						*'paragraphs'* *'para'*
 'paragraphs' 'para'	string	(default "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp")
@@ -5192,7 +5299,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	recognized as a compressed file.
 	Only normal file name characters can be used, "/\*?[|<>" are illegal.
 
-					*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347*
+				*'path'* *'pa'* *E343* *E345* *E347* *E854*
 'path' 'pa'		string	(default on Unix: ".,/usr/include,,"
 				   on OS/2:	  ".,/emx/include,,"
 				   other systems: ".,,")
@@ -5423,7 +5530,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	number.
 	When a long, wrapped line doesn't start with the first character, '-'
 	characters are put before the number.
-	See |hl-LineNr| for the highlighting used for the number.
+	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
+	the number.
 	When setting this option, 'number' is reset.
 
 						*'remap'* *'noremap'*
@@ -5845,16 +5953,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'shellcmdflag'* *'shcf'*
-'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c", MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell'
-					does not contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
+'shellcmdflag' 'shcf'	string	(default: "-c";
+				 MS-DOS and Win32, when 'shell' does not
+				 contain "sh" somewhere: "/c")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Flag passed to the shell to execute "!" and ":!" commands; e.g.,
 	"bash.exe -c ls" or "command.com /c dir".  For the MS-DOS-like
 	systems, the default is set according to the value of 'shell', to
 	reduce the need to set this option by the user.  It's not used for
-	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).  See |option-backslash| about
-	including spaces and backslashes.  See |dos-shell|.
+	OS/2 (EMX figures this out itself).
+	On Unix it can have more than one flag.  Each white space separated
+	part is passed as an argument to the shell command.
+	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
+	Also see |dos-shell| for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -5875,9 +5987,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "zsh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	"2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.  Before using
-	the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
+	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
+	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
+	"sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -5956,7 +6069,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	When on, use temp files for shell commands.  When off use a pipe.
 	When using a pipe is not possible temp files are used anyway.
-	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix.  You can check it with: >
+	Currently a pipe is only supported on Unix and MS-Windows 2K and
+	later.  You can check it with: >
 		:if has("filterpipe")
 <	The advantage of using a pipe is that nobody can read the temp file
 	and the 'shell' command does not need to support redirection.
@@ -5980,8 +6094,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	0 and 2: use "shell 'shellcmdflag' cmd" to start external commands
 	1 and 3: use "shell cmd" to start external commands
 
+						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
+'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
+				 for MS-DOS and MS-Windows: "\"&|<>()@^")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When 'shellxquote' is set to "(" then the characters listed in this
+	option will be escaped with a '^' character.  This makes it possible
+	to execute most external commands with cmd.exe.
+
 						*'shellxquote'* *'sxq'*
 'shellxquote' 'sxq'	string	(default: "";
+					for Win32, when 'shell' is cmd.exe: "("
 					for Win32, when 'shell' contains "sh"
 					somewhere: "\""
 					for Unix, when using system(): "\"")
@@ -5991,11 +6115,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the "!" and ":!" commands.  Includes the redirection.  See
 	'shellquote' to exclude the redirection.  It's probably not useful
 	to set both options.
-	This is an empty string by default.  Known to be useful for
-	third-party shells when using the Win32 version, such as the MKS Korn
-	Shell or bash, where it should be "\"".  The default is adjusted
-	according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need to set this option
-	by the user.  See |dos-shell|.
+	When the value is '(' then ')' is appended. When the value is '"('
+	then ')"' is appended.
+	When the value is '(' then also see 'shellxescape'.
+	This is an empty string by default on most systems, but is known to be
+	useful for on Win32 version, either for cmd.exe which automatically
+	strips off the first and last quote on a command, or 3rd-party shells
+	such as the MKS Korn Shell or bash, where it should be "\"".  The
+	default is adjusted according the value of 'shell', to reduce the need
+	to set this option by the user.  See |dos-shell|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -6013,6 +6141,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	Number of spaces to use for each step of (auto)indent.  Used for
 	|'cindent'|, |>>|, |<<|, etc.
+	When zero the 'ts' value will be used.  Use the |shiftwidth()|
+	function to get the effective shiftwidth value.
 
 						*'shortmess'* *'shm'*
 'shortmess' 'shm'	string	(Vim default "filnxtToO", Vi default: "",
@@ -6216,7 +6346,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Override the 'ignorecase' option if the search pattern contains upper
 	case characters.  Only used when the search pattern is typed and
 	'ignorecase' option is on.  Used for the commands "/", "?", "n", "N",
-	":g" and ":s".  Not used for "*", "#", "gd", tag search, etc..  After
+	":g" and ":s".  Not used for "*", "#", "gd", tag search, etc.  After
 	"*" and "#" you can make 'smartcase' used by doing a "/" command,
 	recalling the search pattern from history and hitting <Enter>.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
@@ -6230,8 +6360,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Do smart autoindenting when starting a new line.  Works for C-like
 	programs, but can also be used for other languages.  'cindent' does
 	something like this, works better in most cases, but is more strict,
-	see |C-indenting|.  When 'cindent' is on, setting 'si' has no effect.
-	'indentexpr' is a more advanced alternative.
+	see |C-indenting|.  When 'cindent' is on or 'indentexpr' is set,
+	setting 'si' has no effect.  'indentexpr' is a more advanced
+	alternative.
 	Normally 'autoindent' should also be on when using 'smartindent'.
 	An indent is automatically inserted:
 	- After a line ending in '{'.
@@ -6275,6 +6406,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	of 8, while being able to edit like it is set to 'sts'.  However,
 	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
 	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
+	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
 	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.
 	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
 	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
@@ -6469,7 +6601,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	where it was the last time the buffer was edited.
 	NOTE: This option is set when 'compatible' is set.
 
-			   *'statusline'* *'stl'* *E540* *E541* *E542*
+			   *'statusline'* *'stl'* *E540* *E542*
 'statusline' 'stl'	string	(default empty)
 			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -6482,12 +6614,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
 	  %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
 	All fields except the {item} is optional.  A single percent sign can
-	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.
+	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.  *E541*
 
 	When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
 	evaluated and the result is used as the option value.  Example: >
 		:set statusline=%!MyStatusLine()
 <	The result can contain %{} items that will be evaluated too.
+	Note that the "%!" expression is evaluated in the context of the
+	current window and buffer, while %{} items are evaluated in the
+	context of the window that the statusline belongs to.
 
 	When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
 	empty to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.
@@ -6535,7 +6670,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	k S   Value of "b:keymap_name" or 'keymap' when |:lmap| mappings are
 	      being used: "<keymap>"
 	n N   Buffer number.
-	b N   Value of byte under cursor.
+	b N   Value of character under cursor.
 	B N   As above, in hexadecimal.
 	o N   Byte number in file of byte under cursor, first byte is 1.
 	      Mnemonic: Offset from start of file (with one added)
@@ -6593,8 +6728,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The variable "actual_curbuf" is set to the 'bufnr()' number of the
 	real current buffer.
 
-	The 'statusline' option may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
+	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'statusline' |textlock|.
@@ -6707,8 +6842,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   usetab	Like "useopen", but also consider windows in other tab
 			pages.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
-			a buffer.  Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
-			Supported in |quickfix| commands that display errors.
+			a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
+			Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
 
@@ -6962,7 +7097,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
-	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
+	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
 	In the Win32 console version the default value is the console codepage
@@ -7037,8 +7172,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the file should contain words with similar meaning, separated by
 	non-keyword characters (white space is preferred).  Maximum line
 	length is 510 bytes.
-	To obtain a file to be used here, check out the wordlist FAQ at
-	http://www.hyphenologist.co.uk .
+	To obtain a file to be used here, check out this ftp site:
+	ftp://ftp.ox.ac.uk/pub/wordlists/  First get the README file.
 	To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
 	after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
 	name.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes.
@@ -7313,6 +7448,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   jsbterm	JSB term mouse handling.
 							*pterm-mouse*
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
+							*urxvt-mouse*
+	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
+							*sgr-mouse*
+	   sgr		Mouse handling for the terminal that emits SGR-styled
+			mouse reporting. Works with xterm version 277 or
+			later.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
 	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
@@ -7325,6 +7466,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	or "xterm2" already.  The main use of this option is to set it to
 	"xterm", when the terminal name doesn't start with "xterm", but it can
 	handle xterm mouse codes.
+	The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is 277 or later.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
 	95 or higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
 	feature and if |t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the
@@ -7376,7 +7518,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For more information about this feature see |undo-persistence|.
 	The undo file is not read when 'undoreload' causes the buffer from
 	before a reload to be saved for undo.
-	WARNING: this is a very new feature.  Use at your own risk!
+	When 'undofile' is turned off the undo file is NOT deleted.
 
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
 'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
@@ -7529,16 +7671,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	parameter.  The following is a list of the identifying characters and
 	the effect of their value.
 	CHAR	VALUE	~
+							*viminfo-!*
 	!	When included, save and restore global variables that start
 		with an uppercase letter, and don't contain a lowercase
 		letter.  Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
 		and "_K_L_M" are not.  Nested List and Dict items may not be
-		read back correctly, you end up with a string representation
-		instead.
+		read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
+							*viminfo-quote*
 	"	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  Old name of
 		the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
 		backslash before the ", otherwise it will be recognized as the
 		start of a comment!
+							*viminfo-%*
 	%	When included, save and restore the buffer list.  If Vim is
 		started with a file name argument, the buffer list is not
 		restored.  If Vim is started without a file name argument, the
@@ -7548,38 +7692,48 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		When followed by a number, the number specifies the maximum
 		number of buffers that are stored.  Without a number all
 		buffers are stored.
+							*viminfo-'*
 	'	Maximum number of previously edited files for which the marks
 		are remembered.  This parameter must always be included when
 		'viminfo' is non-empty.
 		Including this item also means that the |jumplist| and the
 		|changelist| are stored in the viminfo file.
+							*viminfo-/*
 	/	Maximum number of items in the search pattern history to be
 		saved.  If non-zero, then the previous search and substitute
 		patterns are also saved.  When not included, the value of
 		'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-:*
 	:	Maximum number of items in the command-line history to be
 		saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-<*
 	<	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  If zero then
 		registers are not saved.  When not included, all lines are
 		saved.  '"' is the old name for this item.
 		Also see the 's' item below: limit specified in Kbyte.
+							*viminfo-@*
 	@	Maximum number of items in the input-line history to be
 		saved.  When not included, the value of 'history' is used.
+							*viminfo-c*
 	c	When included, convert the text in the viminfo file from the
 		'encoding' used when writing the file to the current
 		'encoding'.  See |viminfo-encoding|.
+							*viminfo-f*
 	f	Whether file marks need to be stored.  If zero, file marks ('0
 		to '9, 'A to 'Z) are not stored.  When not present or when
 		non-zero, they are all stored.  '0 is used for the current
 		cursor position (when exiting or when doing ":wviminfo").
+							*viminfo-h*
 	h	Disable the effect of 'hlsearch' when loading the viminfo
 		file.  When not included, it depends on whether ":nohlsearch"
 		has been used since the last search command.
+							*viminfo-n*
 	n	Name of the viminfo file.  The name must immediately follow
 		the 'n'.  Must be the last one!  If the "-i" argument was
 		given when starting Vim, that file name overrides the one
 		given here with 'viminfo'.  Environment variables are expanded
 		when opening the file, not when setting the option.
+							*viminfo-r*
 	r	Removable media.  The argument is a string (up to the next
 		',').  This parameter can be given several times.  Each
 		specifies the start of a path for which no marks will be
@@ -7588,6 +7742,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		also use it for temp files, e.g., for Unix: "r/tmp".  Case is
 		ignored.  Maximum length of each 'r' argument is 50
 		characters.
+							*viminfo-s*
 	s	Maximum size of an item in Kbyte.  If zero then registers are
 		not saved.  Currently only applies to registers.  The default
 		"s10" will exclude registers with more than 10 Kbyte of text.
@@ -7739,9 +7894,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+wildignore|
 			feature}
 	A list of file patterns.  A file that matches with one of these
-	patterns is ignored when completing file or directory names, and
-	influences the result of |expand()|, |glob()| and |globpath()| unless
-	a flag is passed to disable this.
+	patterns is ignored when expanding |wildcards|, completing file or
+	directory names, and influences the result of |expand()|, |glob()| and
+	|globpath()| unless a flag is passed to disable this.
 	The pattern is used like with |:autocmd|, see |autocmd-patterns|.
 	Also see 'suffixes'.
 	Example: >
@@ -7750,6 +7905,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	a pattern from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
 	uses another default.
 
+
+			*'wildignorecase'* *'wic'* *'nowildignorecase'* *'nowic'*
+'wildignorecase' 'wic'	boolean	(default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
+	Has no effect when 'fileignorecase' is set.
+	Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
+	happens when there are special characters.
+
+
 				*'wildmenu'* *'wmnu'* *'nowildmenu'* *'nowmnu'*
 'wildmenu' 'wmnu'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
@@ -7764,6 +7930,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
 	When 'wildmode' is used, "wildmenu" mode is used where "full" is
 	specified.  "longest" and "list" do not start "wildmenu" mode.
+	You can check the current mode with |wildmenumode()|.
 	If there are more matches than can fit in the line, a ">" is shown on
 	the right and/or a "<" is shown on the left.  The status line scrolls
 	as needed.
@@ -8032,8 +8199,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Make a backup before overwriting a file.  The backup is removed after
 	the file was successfully written, unless the 'backup' option is
-	also on.  Reset this option if your file system is almost full.  See
-	|backup-table| for another explanation.
+	also on.
+	WARNING: Switching this option off means that when Vim fails to write
+	your buffer correctly and then, for whatever reason, Vim exits, you
+	lose both the original file and what you were writing.  Only reset
+	this option if your file system is almost full and it makes the write
+	fail (and make sure not to exit Vim until the write was successful).
+	See |backup-table| for another explanation.
 	When the 'backupskip' pattern matches, a backup is not made anyway.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the default value when 'compatible' is
 	set.

runtime/doc/os_risc.txt

@@ -1,322 +1,12 @@
-*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 07
+*os_risc.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thomas Leonard
 
 
 						*riscos* *RISCOS* *RISC-OS*
-This file contains the particularities for the RISC OS version of Vim.
+The RISC OS support has been removed from Vim with patch 7.3.187.
+If you would like to use Vim on RISC OS get the files from before that patch.
 
-The RISC OS port is a completely new port and is not based on the old "archi"
-port.
 
-1.  File locations		|riscos-locations|
-2.  Filename munging		|riscos-munging|
-3.  Command-line use		|riscos-commandline|
-4.  Desktop (GUI) use		|riscos-gui|
-5.  Remote use (telnet)		|riscos-remote|
-6.  Temporary files		|riscos-temp-files|
-7.  Interrupting		|riscos-interrupt|
-8.  Memory usage		|riscos-memory|
-9.  Filetypes			|riscos-filetypes|
-10. The shell			|riscos-shell|
-11. Porting new releases	|riscos-porting|
-
-If I've missed anything, email me and I'll try to fix it.  In fact, even if I
-haven't missed anything then email me anyway to give me some confidence that it
-actually works!
-
-Thomas Leonard <tal197@ecs.soton.ac.uk>
-
-	[these URLs no longer work...]
- Port homepage:	http://www.ecs.soton.ac.uk/~tal197/
-	or try:	http://www.soton.ac.uk/~tal197/
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-locations*
-1. File locations
-
-The Vim executable and shared resource files are all stored inside the !Vim
-application directory.
-
-When !Vim is first seen by the filer, it aliases the *vi and *ex commands to
-run the command-line versions of Vim (see |riscos-commandline|).
-
-!Vim.Resources and !Vim.Resources2 contain the files from the standard Vim
-distribution, but modified slightly to work within the limits of ADFS, plus
-some extra files such as the window templates.
-
-User choices are read from "Choices:*" and are saved to "<Choices$Write>.*".
-If you have the new !Boot structure then these should be set up already.  If
-not, set Choices$Path to a list of directories to search when looking for
-user configuration files.  Set Choices$Write to the directory you want files
-to be saved into (so your search patterns and marks can be remembered between
-sessions).
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-munging*
-2. Filename munging
-
-All pathname munging is disabled by default, so Vim should behave like a
-normal RISC OS application now.  So, if you want to edit "doc/html" then you
-actually type "*vi doc/html".
-
-The only times munging is done is when:
-
-- Searching included files from C programs, since these are always munged.
-  See |[I|.
-  Note: make sure you are in the right directory when you use this
-	command (i.e. the one with subdirectories "c" and "h").
-
-- Sourcing files using |:so|.
-  Paths starting "$VIM/" are munged like this:
-
-  $VIM/syntax/help.vim  ->  Vim:syntax.help
-
-  Also, files ending in ".vim" have their extensions removed, and slashes
-  replaced with dots.
-
-Some tag files and script files may have to be edited to work under this port.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-commandline*
-3. Command-line use
-
-To use Vim from the command-line use the "*vi" command (or "*ex" for
-|Ex-mode|).
-
-Type "*vi -h" for a list of options.
-
-Running the command-line version of Vim in a large high-color mode may cause
-the scrolling to be very slow.  Either change to a mode with fewer colors or
-use the GUI version.
-
-Also, holding down Ctrl will slow it down even more, and Ctrl-Shift will
-freeze it, as usual for text programs.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-gui*
-4. Desktop use
-
-Limitations:
-
-- Left scrollbars don't work properly (right and bottom are fine).
-- Doesn't increase scroll speed if it gets behind.
-
-You can resize the window by dragging the lower-right corner, even though
-there is no icon shown there.
-
-You can use the --rows and --columns arguments to specify the initial size of
-the Vim window, like this: >
-
-  *Vi -g --rows 20 --columns 80
-
-The global clipboard is supported, so you can select some text and then
-paste it directly into another application (provided it supports the
-clipboard too).
-
-Clicking Menu now opens a menu like a normal RISC OS program.  Hold down Shift
-when clicking Menu to paste (from the global clipboard).
-
-Dragging a file to the window replaces the CURRENT buffer (the one with the
-cursor, NOT the one you dragged to) with the file.
-
-Dragging with Ctrl held down causes a new Vim window to be opened for the
-file (see |:sp|).
-
-Dragging a file in with Shift held down in insert mode inserts the pathname of
-the file.
-
-:browse :w opens a standard RISC OS save box.
-:browse :e opens a directory viewer.
-
-For fonts, you have the choice of the system font, an outline font, the system
-font via ZapRedraw and any of the Zap fonts via ZapRedraw: >
-
-  :set guifont=
-<			To use the system font via the VDU drivers.  Supports
-			bold and underline.
->
-  :set guifont=Corpus.Medium
-<			Use the named outline font.  You can use any font, but
-			only monospaced ones like Corpus look right.
->
-  :set guifont=Corpus.Medium:w8:h12:b:i
-<			As before, but with size of 8 point by 12 point, and
-			in bold italic.
-			If only one of width and height is given then that
-			value is used for both.  If neither is given then 10
-			point is used.
-
-Thanks to John Kortink, Vim can use the ZapRedraw module.  Start the font name
-with "!" (or "!!" for double height), like this: >
-
-  :set guifont=!!
-<			Use the system font, but via ZapRedraw.  This gives a
-			faster redraw on StrongARM processors, but you can't
-			get bold or italic text.  Double height.
->
-  :set guifont=!script
-<			Uses the named Zap font (a directory in VimFont$Path).
-			The redraw is the same speed as for "!!", but you get
-			a nicer looking font.
-			Only the "man+" and "script" fonts are supplied
-			currently, but you can use any of the Zap fonts if
-			they are in VimFont$Path.
-			Vim will try to load font files "0", "B", "I" and "IB"
-			from the named directory.  Only "0" (normal style) MUST
-			be present.  Link files are not currently supported.
-
-Note that when using ZapRedraw the edit bar is drawn in front of the character
-you are on rather than behind it.  Also redraw is incorrect for screen modes
-with eigen values of 0.  If the font includes control characters then you can
-get Vim to display them by changing the 'isprint' option.
-
-If you find the scrolling is too slow on your machine, try experimenting
-with the 'scrolljump' and 'ttyscroll' options.
-
-In particular, StrongARM users may find that: >
-
-  :set ttyscroll=0
-
-makes scrolling faster in high-color modes.
-
-=============================================================================
-							*riscos-remote*
-5. Remote use (telnet)
-
-I have included a built-in termcap entry, but you can edit the termcap file to
-allow other codes to be used if you want to use Vim from a remote terminal.
-
-Although I do not have an internet connection to my Acorn, I have managed to
-run Vim in a FreeTerm window using the loopback connection.
-
-It seems to work pretty well now, using "*vi -T ansi".
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-temp-files*
-6. Temporary files
-
-If Vim crashes then the swap and backup files (if any) will be in the
-directories set with the 'directory' and 'bdir' options.  By default the swap
-files are in <Wimp$ScrapDir> (i.e. inside !Scrap) and backups are in the
-directory you were saving to.  Vim will allow you to try and recover the file
-when you next try to edit it.
-
-To see a list of swap files, press <F12> and type "*vi -r".
-
-Vim no longer brings up ATTENTION warnings if you try to edit two files with
-the same name in different directories.
-
-However, it also no longer warns if you try to edit the same file twice (with
-two copies of Vim), though you will still be warned when you save that the
-datestamp has changed.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-interrupt*
-7. Interrupting
-
-To break out of a looping macro, or similar, hold down Escape in the
-command-line version, or press CTRL-C in the GUI version.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-memory*
-8. Memory usage
-
-Vim will use dynamic areas on RISC OS 3.5 or later.  If you can use them on
-older machines then edit the !RunTxt and GVim files.  I don't know what UnixLib
-does by default on these machines so I'm playing safe.
-
-It doesn't work at all well without dynamic areas, since it can't change its
-memory allocation once running.  Hence you should edit "!Vim.GVim" and
-"!Vim.!RunTxt" to choose the best size for you.  You probably need at least
-about 1400K.
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-filetypes*
-9. Filetypes
-
-You can now specify that autocommands are only executed for files of certain
-types.  The filetype is given in the form &xxx, when xxx is the filetype.
-
-Filetypes must be specified by number (e.g. &fff for Text).
-
-The system has changed from version 5.3.  The new sequence of events is:
-
-- A file is loaded. |'osfiletype'| is set to the RISC OS filetype.
-- Based on the filetype and pathname, Vim will try to set |'filetype'| to the
-  Vim-type of the file.
-- Setting this option may load syntax files and perform other actions.
-- Saving the file will give it a filetype of |'osfiletype'|.
-
-Some examples may make this clearer:
-
-  Kind of file loaded	osfiletype	filetype ~
-  C code "c.hellow"	Text (&fff)	C
-  LaTeX document	LaTeX (&2a8)	TeX
-  Draw document		DrawFile (&aff)	(not changed)
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-shell*
-10. The shell
-
-- Bangs (!s) are only replaced if they are followed by a space or end-of-line,
-  since many pathnames contain them.
-
-- You can prefix the command with "~", which stops any output from being
-  displayed.  This also means that you don't have to press <Enter> afterwards,
-  and stops the screen from being redrawn. {only in the GUI version}
-
-==============================================================================
-							*riscos-porting*
-11. Porting new releases to RISC OS
-
-Downloading everything you need:
-
-- Get the latest source distribution (see www.vim.org)
-- Get the runtime environment files (e.g. these help files)
-- Get the RISC OS binary distribution (if possible)
-
-
-Unarchiving:
-
-- Create a raFS disk and put the archives on it
-- Un-gzip them
-- Un-tar them   (*tar xELf 50 archive/tar)
-
-
-Recompiling the sources:
-
-- Create c, s, and h directories.
-- Put all the header files in "h".	     \
-- Put all the C files in "c".		     | And lose the extensions
-- Put the assembler file ("swis/s") in "s".  /
-- Rename all the files in "proto" to "h", like this:
-    raFS::VimSrc.source.proto.file/pro
-	  becomes
-    raFS::VimSrc.source.h.file_pro
-- In the files "h.proto" and "c.termlib", search and replace
-    .pro"
-       with
-    _pro.h"
-- Create a simple Makefile if desired and do "*make -k".
-  Use "CC = gcc -DRISCOS -DUSE_GUI -O2 -x c" in the Makefile.
-- Save the binary as !Vim.Vim in the binary distribution.
-
-
-Updating the run-time environment:
-
-- Replace old or missing files inside !Vim.Resources with the
-  new files.
-- Remove files in "doc" not ending in "/txt", except for "tags".
-- Lose the extensions from the files in "doc".
-- Edit the "doc.tags" file.  Remove extensions from the second column: >
-	:%s/^\(.[^\t]*\t.*\)\.txt\t/\1\t/
-- Remove extensions from the syntax files.  Split them into two directories
-  to avoid the 77 entry limit on old ADFS filesystems.
-- Edit "Vim:FileType" to match "*.c.*" as well as "*/c" and so on.
-  Add filetype checking too.
-- Edit "Vim:Menu" and remove all the keys from the menus: >
-	:%s/<Tab>[^ \t]*//
-<
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 16
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -38,9 +38,6 @@ You can download the Vim source code by ftp from the official Vim site:
 Or use one of the mirrors:
 	ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
 
-You will need both the Unix and Extra archives to build vim.exe for VMS.
-For using Vim's full power you will need the runtime files as well.
-
 You can download precompiled executables from:
 	http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 	ftp://ftp.polarhome.com/pub/vim/
@@ -75,7 +72,7 @@ See the file [.SRC]INSTALLVMS.TXT.
 4. Problems						*vms-problems*
 
 The code has been tested under Open VMS 6.2 - 8.2 on Alpha, VAX and IA64
-platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without bigger problems.
+platforms with the DEC C compiler.  It should work without big problems.
 If your system does not have some include libraries you can tune up in
 OS_VMS_CONF.H file.
 
@@ -88,11 +85,11 @@ Also GTK, XPM library paths should be configured in MAKE_VMS.MMS
 
 Note: Under VAX it should work with the DEC C compiler without problems.  The
 VAX C compiler is not fully ANSI C compatible in pre-processor directives
-semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program what will do the lion
+semantics, therefore you have to use a converter program that will do the lion
 part of the job.  For detailed instructions read file INSTALLvms.txt
 
-MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XD.EXE you should
-change to subdirectory and build it separately.
+MMS_VIM.EXE is build together with VIM.EXE, but for XXD.EXE you should
+change to a subdirectory and build it separately.
 
 CTAGS is not part of the Vim source distribution anymore, however the OpenVMS
 specific source might contain CTAGS source files as described above.
@@ -184,9 +181,9 @@ You may want to create .vimrc and .gvimrc files in your home directory
 
 The easiest way is just rename example files.  You may leave the menu file
 (MENU.VIM) and files vimrc and gvimrc in the original $VIM directory.  It will
-be default setup for all users, and for users it is enough just to have their
-own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and .gvimrc.
-It should work without problems.
+be the default setup for all users, and for users it is enough to just have
+their own additions or resetting in their home directory in files .vimrc and
+.gvimrc.  It should work without problems.
 
 Note: Remember, system rc files (default for all users) don't have a leading
 ".".  So, system rc files are: >
@@ -200,7 +197,7 @@ and user customized rc files are: >
 	sys$login:.vimrc
 	sys$login:.gvimrc
 
-You can check that everything is on the right place with the :version command.
+You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
 
 Example LOGIN.COM: >
 
@@ -209,15 +206,15 @@ Example LOGIN.COM: >
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.5.223/trans=tcpip
 
-Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on standalone server or
-clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as internode editor in
+Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on a standalone server or
+clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as an internode editor in
 DECNET environment, it will satisfy as well.
 You just have to define the "whole" path: >
 
 	$ define VIM "<server_name>[""user password""]::device:<path>"
 	$ vi*m :== "mcr VIM:VIM.EXE"
 
-As for example: >
+For example: >
 
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]"
 	$ define VIM "PLUTO""ZAY mypass""::RF10:[UTIL.VIM]" ! if passwd required
@@ -300,12 +297,12 @@ For more information type $help set disp in VMS prompt.
 
 4) If you are working on MS-Windows or some other non X/Window environment
    you need to set up one X server and run Vim as in point 2.
-   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX , Omni X etc.,
+   For MS-Windows there are available free X servers as MIX, Omni X etc.,
    as well as excellent commercial products as eXcursion or ReflectionX with
    built-in DEC support.
 
 Please note, that executables without GUI are slightly faster during startup
-then with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
+than with enabled GUI in character mode. Therefore, if you do not use GUI
 features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -326,8 +323,8 @@ features, it is worth to choose non GUI executables.
 8.12 diff-mode
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
-8.15 Slow start in console mode issue 
-8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures 
+8.15 Slow start in console mode issue
+8.16 Common VIM directory - different architectures
 
 8.1 Backspace/delete
 
@@ -360,7 +357,7 @@ number, try these settings. >
 	:set nowritebackup   " does not have any purpose on VMS.  It's the
 			     " default.
 
-Recovery is working perfect as well from the default swap file.
+Recovery is working perfectly as well from the default swap file.
 Read more with :help swapfile
 
 (Claude Marinier <ClaudeMarinier@xwavesolutions.com> Vim 5.5, Zoltan Arpadffy
@@ -386,7 +383,7 @@ Note: You may use <,> brackets as well (device:<path>file.ext;version) as
 rf10:<user.zay.work>test.c;1
 
 (David Elins <delins@foliage.com>, Jerome Lauret
-<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6 )
+<JLAURET@mail.chem.sunysb.edu> Vim 5.6)
 
 
 8.5 Remote host invocation
@@ -445,14 +442,14 @@ Terminal entry not found in termcap
     builtin_dumb
 defaulting to 'vt320'
 ---
-The solution is to define default terminal name: >
+The solution is to define the default terminal name: >
 
 	$ ! unknown terminal name.  Let us use vt320 or ansi instead.
 	$ ! Note: it's case sensitive
 	$ define term "vt320"
 
-Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200 ) do not need any extra
-keyboard mappings.  They should work perfect as they are, including arrows,
+Terminals from VT100 to VT320 (as V300, VT220, VT200) do not need any extra
+keyboard mappings.  They should work perfectly as they are, including arrows,
 Ins, Del buttons etc., except Backspace in GUI mode.  To solve it, add to
 .gvimrc: >
 
@@ -465,8 +462,8 @@ your .vimrc file: >
 
 	set ttyfast	" set fast terminal
 
-Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through very slow connection, it's
-recommended to avoid fast terminal option with: >
+Note: if you're using Vim on remote host or through a very slow connection, it's
+recommended to avoid the fast terminal option with: >
 
 	set nottyfast   " set terminal to slow mode
 
@@ -483,8 +480,8 @@ special commands to execute executables: >
 
 OpenVMS users always have to be aware that the Vim command :! "just" drop them
 to DCL prompt.  This feature is possible to use without any problem with all
-DCL commands, but if we want to execute some program as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS etc.
-we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
+DCL commands, but if we want to execute some programs such as XXD, CTAGS, JTAGS,
+etc.  we're running into trouble if we follow the Vim documentation (see: help
 xxd).
 
 Solution: Execute with the MC command and add the full path to the executable.
@@ -534,7 +531,7 @@ Example: >
 
 	$define SYS$PRINT HP5ANSI
 
-You can print out whole buffer or just the marked area.
+You can print out the whole buffer or just the marked area.
 More info under :help hardcopy
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.0c)
@@ -561,16 +558,16 @@ will be confused after a window-resize.
 From 6.0 diff functionality has been implemented, but OpenVMS does not use
 GNU/Unix like diff therefore built in diff does not work.
 There is a simple solution to solve this anomaly.  Install a Unix like diff
-and Vim will work perfect in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
+and Vim will work perfectly in diff mode too.  You just have to redefine your
 diff program as: >
 
 	define /nolog diff <GNU_PATH>diff.exe
 
 Another, more sophisticated solution is described below (8.12 diff-mode)
-There are some other programs as patch, make etc that may cause same problems.
-At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for Alpha and VAX
-boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
-( Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
+There are other programs such as patch, make etc that may cause the same
+problems.  At www.polarhome.com is possible to download an GNU package for
+Alpha and VAX boxes that is meant to solve GNU problems on OpenVMS.
+(Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 6.1)
 
 
 8.12 diff-mode
@@ -632,7 +629,7 @@ You can now compare files in 4 ways: >
     3. VIM  diff:  $ VIMDIFF  <FILE1> <FILE2>
     4. GVIM diff:  $ GVIMDIFF <FILE1> <FILE2>
 
-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
 
 
 8.13 Allow '$' in C keywords
@@ -653,35 +650,36 @@ Now word-based commands, e.g. the '*'-search-command and the CTRL-]
 tag-lookup, work on the whole identifier.  (Ctags on VMS also supports '$' in
 C keywords since ctags version 5.1.)
 
-( Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
+(Coen Engelbarts, Vim 6.1)
 
 8.14 VIMTUTOR for beginners
 
-It exits VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script that can help Vim beginners to learn/make
-first steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may
-start it with: >
+The VIMTUTOR.COM DCL script can help Vim beginners to learn/make their first
+steps with Vim on OpenVMS.  Depending of binary distribution you may start it
+with: >
 
 	@vim:vimtutor
 
 (Thomas.R.Wyant III, Vim 6.1)
 
-8.14 Slow start in console mode issue
+8.16 Slow start in console mode issue
 
 As GUI/GTK Vim works equally well in console mode, many administrators
 deploy those executables system wide.
 Unfortunately, on a remote slow connections GUI/GTK executables behave rather
-slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X environment detection timeout.
+slow when user wants to run Vim just in the console mode - because of X
+environment detection timeout.
 
 Luckily, there is a simple solution for that. Administrators need to deploy
 both GUI/GTK build and just console build executables, like below: >
 
     |- vim73
     |----- doc
-    |----- syntax        
+    |----- syntax
        vimrc    (system rc files)
        gvimrc
-       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)      
-       vim.exe  (the console only executable) 
+       gvim.exe (the renamed GUI or GTK built vim.exe)
+       vim.exe  (the console only executable)
 
 Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
 
@@ -692,7 +690,7 @@ Define system symbols like below in for ex in LOGIN.COM or SYLOGIN.COM: >
 	$ gv*im :== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:GVIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 
 
-Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in 
+Like this, users that do not have X environment and want to use Vim just in
 console mode can avoid performance problems.
 
 (Zoltan Arpadffy, Vim 7.2)
@@ -714,8 +712,8 @@ View of Cluster from system ID 11655  node: TOR
 +---------------------------------+
 
 It is convenient to have a common VIM directory but execute different
-executables. 
-There are more solutions for this problem:
+executables.
+There are several solutions for this problem:
 
 Solution 1.  All executables in the same directory with different names
 This is easily done with the following script that can be added
@@ -769,7 +767,7 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 Version 7.3
 - CTAGS 5.8 included
 - VMS compile warnings fixed - floating-point overflow warning corrected on VAX
-- filepath completition corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
+- filepath completion corrected - too many chars were escaped in filename
   and shell commands
 - the following plugins are included into VMS runtime:
 	genutils 2.4, multiselect 2.2, multvals 3.1, selectbuf 4.3,
@@ -784,10 +782,10 @@ Version 7.3
 Version 7.2 (2008 Aug 9)
 - VCF files write corrected
 - CTAGS 5.7 included
-- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error) 
+- corrected make_vms.mms (on VAX gave syntax error)
 
 Version 7.1 (2007 Jun 15)
-- create TAGS file from menu 
+- create TAGS file from menu
 
 Version 7 (2006 May 8)
 - Improved low level char input (affects just console mode)

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -313,6 +313,37 @@ A. When using :! to run an external command, you can run it with "start": >
    with :!start do not get passed Vim's open file handles, which means they do
    not have to be closed before Vim.
    To avoid this special treatment, use ":! start".
+   There are two optional arguments (see the next Q):
+       /min  the window will be minimized
+       /b    no console window will be opened
+   You can use only one of these flags at a time.  A second one will be
+   treated as the start of the command.
+
+Q. How do I avoid getting a window for programs that I run asynchronously?
+A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
+   1) You may use the /min flag in order to run program in a minimized state
+      with no other changes. It will work equally for console and GUI
+      applications.
+   2) You can use the /b flag to run console applications without creating a
+      console window for them (GUI applications are not affected). But you
+      should use this flag only if the application you run doesn't require any
+      input.  Otherwise it will get an EOF error because its input stream
+      (stdin) would be redirected to \\.\NUL (stdout and stderr too).
+
+   Example for a console application, run Exuberant ctags: >
+        :!start /min ctags -R .
+<  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
+   directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
+   This is more noticable for commands that take longer.
+   Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
+        :!start /b ctags -R .
+<  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
+   blinking on the taskbar.
+   Example for a GUI application: >
+        :!start /min notepad
+        :!start /b notepad
+<  The first command runs notepad minimized and the second one runs it
+   normally.
 
 Q. I'm using Win32s, and when I try to run an external command like "make",
    Vim doesn't wait for it to finish!  Help!

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jan 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 10. Highlighting matches	|match-highlight|
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Search commands				*search-commands* *E486*
+1. Search commands				*search-commands*
 
 							*/*
 /{pattern}[/]<CR>	Search forward for the [count]'th occurrence of
@@ -150,6 +150,11 @@ use <Esc> to abandon the search.
 All matches for the last used search pattern will be highlighted if you set
 the 'hlsearch' option.  This can be suspended with the |:nohlsearch| command.
 
+When no match is found you get the error: *E486* Pattern not found
+Note that for the |:global| command this behaves like a normal message, for Vi
+compatibility.  For the |:s| command the "e" flag can be used to avoid the
+error message |:s_flags|.
+
 					*search-offset* *{offset}*
 These commands search for the specified pattern.  With "/" and "?" an
 additional offset may be given.  There are two types of offsets: line offsets
@@ -214,7 +219,8 @@ The last used pattern and offset are remembered.  They can be used to repeat
 the search, possibly in another direction or with another count.  Note that
 two patterns are remembered: One for 'normal' search commands and one for the
 substitute command ":s".  Each time an empty pattern is given, the previously
-used pattern is used.
+used pattern is used.  However, if there is no previous search command, a
+previous substitute pattern is used, if possible.
 
 The 'magic' option sticks with the last used pattern.  If you change 'magic',
 this will not change how the last used pattern will be interpreted.
@@ -498,7 +504,7 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 	x	x	a character with no special meaning matches itself
 
 |/[]|	[]	\[]	any character specified inside the []
-|/\%[]| \%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
+|/\%[]|	\%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
 
 |/\c|	\c	\c	ignore case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
 |/\C|	\C	\C	match case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
@@ -631,17 +637,18 @@ overview.
 							*/\@!*
 \@!	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match at the
 	current position. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
-	Like '(?!pattern)" in Perl.
+	Like "(?!pattern)" in Perl.
 	Example			matches ~
 	foo\(bar\)\@!		any "foo" not followed by "bar"
-	a.\{-}p\@!		"a", "ap", "app", etc. not followed by a "p"
+	a.\{-}p\@!		"a", "ap", "app", "appp", etc. not immediately
+				followed by a "p"
 	if \(\(then\)\@!.\)*$	"if " not followed by "then"
 
 	Using "\@!" is tricky, because there are many places where a pattern
 	does not match.  "a.*p\@!" will match from an "a" to the end of the
 	line, because ".*" can match all characters in the line and the "p"
 	doesn't match at the end of the line.  "a.\{-}p\@!" will match any
-	"a", "ap", "aap", etc. that isn't followed by a "p", because the "."
+	"a", "ap", "app", etc. that isn't followed by a "p", because the "."
 	can match a "p" and "p\@!" doesn't match after that.
 
 	You can't use "\@!" to look for a non-match before the matching
@@ -650,10 +657,17 @@ overview.
 	"foobar" you could use "\(foo\)\@!...bar", but that doesn't match a
 	bar at the start of a line.  Use "\(foo\)\@<!bar".
 
+	Useful example: to find "foo" in a line that does not contain "bar": >
+		/^\%(.*bar\)\@!.*\zsfoo
+<	This pattern first checks that there is not a single position in the
+	line where "bar" matches.  If ".*bar" matches somewhere the \@! will
+	reject the pattern.  When there is no match any "foo" will be found.
+	The "\zs" is to have the match start just before "foo".
+
 							*/\@<=*
 \@<=	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom matches just before what
 	follows. |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
-	Like '(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
+	Like "(?<=pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\(an\_s\+\)\@<=file	"file" after "an" and white space or an
 				end-of-line
@@ -677,7 +691,7 @@ overview.
 	before what follows.  Thus this matches if there is no position in the
 	current or previous line where the atom matches such that it ends just
 	before what follows.  |/zero-width| {not in Vi}
-	Like '(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
+	Like "(?<!pattern)" in Perl, but Vim allows non-fixed-width patterns.
 	The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
 	with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
 	Warning: This can be slow (because many positions need to be checked
@@ -923,7 +937,7 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 \l	lowercase character:		[a-z]		*/\l*
 \L	non-lowercase character:	[^a-z]		*/\L*
 \u	uppercase character:		[A-Z]		*/\u*
-\U	non-uppercase character		[^A-Z]		*/\U*
+\U	non-uppercase character:	[^A-Z]		*/\U*
 
 	NOTE: Using the atom is faster than the [] form.
 
@@ -979,6 +993,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	[xyz]		any 'x', 'y' or 'z'
 	[a-zA-Z]$	any alphabetic character at the end of a line
 	\c[a-z]$	same
+	[А-яЁё]		Russian alphabet (with utf-8 and cp1251)
+
 								*/[\n]*
 	With "\_" prepended the collection also includes the end-of-line.
 	The same can be done by including "\n" in the collection.  The
@@ -1027,11 +1043,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  These items only work for 8-bit characters.
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
-	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  The form
-	  is:
+	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This
+	  only works for Unicode, latin1 and latin9.  The form is:
 		[=a=]
-	  Currently this is only implemented for latin1.  Also works for the
-	  latin1 characters in utf-8 and latin9.
 							*/[[.* *[..]*
 	- A collation element.  This currently simply accepts a single
 	  character in the form:

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,21 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Oct 14
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 23
 >
 		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
 <
 Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
-           The VIM LICENSE applies to getscript.vim and
-           pi_getscript.txt (see |copyright|) except use
-           "getscript" instead of "Vim".  No warranty, express or implied.
-	   Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
+	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
+	instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, getscript and its
+	associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of
+	any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
+	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 Getscript is a plugin that simplifies retrieval of the latest versions of the
 scripts that you yourself use!  Typing |:GLVS| will invoke getscript; it will
@@ -77,7 +83,9 @@ Your computer needs to have wget or curl for GetLatestVimScripts to do its work.
 3. GetLatestVimScripts Usage				*glvs-usage* *:GLVS*
 
 Unless it has been defined elsewhere, >
+
 	:GLVS
+
 will invoke GetLatestVimScripts().  If some other plugin has defined that
 command, then you may type
 >
@@ -127,7 +135,8 @@ click on the script's link, you'll see a line resembling
 	http://vim.sourceforge.net/scripts/script.php?script_id=40
 
 The "40" happens to be a ScriptID that GetLatestVimScripts needs to
-download the associated page.
+download the associated page, and is assigned by vim.sf.net itself
+during initial uploading of the plugin.
 
 The second number on each line gives the script's SourceID.  The SourceID
 records the count of uploaded scripts as determined by vim.sf.net; hence it
@@ -151,19 +160,39 @@ This comment line tells getscript.vim to check vimscript #884 and that the
 script is automatically installable.  Getscript will also use this line to
 help build the GetLatestVimScripts.dat file, by including a line such as: >
 
-	884 1 AutoAlign.vim
+	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
 <
-in it an AutoAlign.vim line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
+assuming that such a line isn't already in GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.
 See |glvs-plugins| for more.  Thus, GetLatestVimScripts thus provides a
 comprehensive ability to keep your plugins up-to-date!
 
+In summary:
+
+  * Optionally tell getscript that it is allowed to build/append a
+    GetLatestVimScripts.dat file based upon already installed plugins: >
+	let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall=1
+<
+  * A line such as >
+	" GetLatestVimScripts: 884  1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
+<   in an already-downloaded plugin constitutes the concurrence of the
+    plugin author that getscript may do AutoInstall.  Not all plugins
+    may be AutoInstall-able, and the plugin's author is best situated
+    to know whether or not his/her plugin will AutoInstall properly.
+
+  * A line such as >
+	884 1 :AutoInstall: AutoAlign.vim
+<   in your GetLatestVimScripts.dat file constitutes your permission
+    to getscript to do AutoInstall.  AutoInstall requires both your
+    and the plugin author's permission.  See |GetLatestVimScripts_dat|.
+
+
 						*GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 As an example of a <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> file:
 >
     ScriptID SourceID Filename
     --------------------------
-    294 1 Align.vim
-    120 2 decho.vim
+    294 1 :AutoInstall: Align.vim
+    120 2 Decho.vim
      40 3 DrawIt.tar.gz
     451 4 EasyAccents.vim
     195 5 engspchk.vim
@@ -201,8 +230,8 @@ are, then you may include :AutoInstall: just before "yourscriptname":
 	                        ^
 	                    scriptid
 <
-NOTE: :AutoInstall: is a plugin-author option, not a GetLatestVimScripts.dat~
-      entry!~
+NOTE: The :AutoInstall: feature requires both the plugin author's and~
+      the user's permission to operate!~
 
 GetLatestVimScripts commands for those scripts are then appended, if not
 already present, to the user's GetLatest/GetLatestVimScripts.dat file.  It is
@@ -210,7 +239,7 @@ a relatively painless way to automate the acquisition of any scripts your
 plugins depend upon.
 
 Now, as an author, you probably don't want GetLatestVimScripts to download
-your own scripts for you yourself, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
+your own scripts atop your own copy, thereby overwriting your not-yet-released
 hard work.  GetLatestVimScripts provides a solution for this:  put
 >
 	0 0 yourscriptname
@@ -351,6 +380,11 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
+v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
+                     (tgz taz tbz txz)
+v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
+		   * *.xz support
+v32 Jun 19, 2010 : * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
 v31 Jun 29, 2008 : * (Bill McCarthy) fixed having hls enabled with getscript
 		   * (David Schaefer) the acd option interferes with vimballs
 		     Solution: bypass the acd option

runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2002 Oct 29
+*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ with these extensions:
 	*.Z		compress (Lempel-Ziv)
 	*.gz		gzip
 	*.bz2		bzip2
+	*.lzma		lzma
+	*.xz		xz
 
 That's actually the only thing you need to know.  There are no options.
 

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Aug 09
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -6,9 +6,16 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
-	   tar.vim, tarPlugin.vim, and pi_tar.txt.
-	   No warranty, express or implied.  Use At-Your-Own-Risk.
+Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including tarPlugin.vim, tar.vim, and pi_tar.txt.  Like
+	anything else that's except use "tar.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like
+	anything else that's free, tar.vim and its associated files are
+	provided *as is* and comes with no warranty of any kind, either
+	expressed or implied.  No guarantees of merchantability.  No
+	guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By using this plugin, you
+	agree that in no event will the copyright holder be liable for any
+	damages resulting from the use of this software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents					*tar* *tar-contents*
@@ -83,8 +90,13 @@ Copyright 2005-2010: The GPL (gnu public license) applies to	*tar-copyright*
 4. History						*tar-history*
 
 
+   v28 Jun 23, 2011 * a few more decompression options (tbz tb2 txz)
+   v27 May 31, 2011 * moved cygwin detection before g:tar_copycmd handling
+   		    * inserted additional |:keepj| modifiers
+		    * changed silent  to  sil!  (|:silent|)
    v26 Aug 09, 2010 * uses buffer-local instead of window variables to hold
 		      tarfile name
+		    * inserted keepj before 0d to protect jump list
    v25 Jun 19, 2010 * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
    v24 Apr 07, 2009 * :Untarvim command implemented
        Sep 28, 2009 * Added lzma support

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Apr 12
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -6,16 +6,22 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2009 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
-	   The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
-	   (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
-	   No warranty, express or implied.
-	   Use At-Your-Own-Risk!
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*Vimball-copyright*
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including vimballPlugin.vim, vimball.vim, and pi_vimball.txt.
+	except use "vimball" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free,
+	vimball.vim and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with
+	no warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees
+	of merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents				*vba* *vimball* *vimball-contents*
 
 	1. Contents......................................: |vimball-contents|
+	2. Vimball Introduction..........................: |vimball-intro|
 	3. Vimball Manual................................: |vimball-manual|
 	   MkVimball.....................................: |:MkVimball|
 	   UseVimball....................................: |:UseVimball|
@@ -176,6 +182,24 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1
 
+	34 : Sep 22, 2011 * "UseVimball path" now supports a non-full path by
+			    prepending the current directory to it.
+	33 : Apr 02, 2011 * Gave priority to *.vmb over *.vba
+			  * Changed silent! to sil! (shorter)
+			  * Safed |'swf'| setting (during vimball extraction,
+			    its now turned off)
+	32 : May 19, 2010 * (Christian Brabrandt) :so someplugin.vba and
+			    :so someplugin.vba.gz (and the other supported
+			    compression types) now works
+			  * (Jan Steffens) added support for xz compression
+			  * fenc extraction was erroneously picking up the
+			    end of the line number when no file encoding
+			    was present.  Fixed.
+			  * By request, beginning the switchover from the vba
+			    extension to vmb.  Currently both are supported;
+			    MkVimball, however, now will create *.vmb files.
+	     Feb 11, 2011 * motoyakurotsu reported an error with vimball's
+			    handling of zero-length files
 	30 : Dec 08, 2008 * fnameescape() inserted to protect error
 			    messaging using corrupted filenames from
 			    causing problems
@@ -199,6 +223,8 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 			    causing problems as reported by Zhang Shuhan
 	24 : Nov 15, 2007 * g:vimball_path_escape used by s:Path() to
 	                    prevent certain characters from causing trouble
+			    (defunct: |fnameescape()| and |shellescape()|
+			    now used instead)
 	22 : Mar 21, 2007 * uses setlocal instead of set during BufEnter
 	21 : Nov 27, 2006 * (tnx to Bill McCarthy) vimball had a header
 	                    handling problem and it now changes \s to /s

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -6,25 +6,26 @@
 
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
-           Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
-	   with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
-	   notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
-	   zip.vim, zipPlugin.vim, and pi_zip.txt are provided *as is*
-	   and it comes with no warranty of any kind, either expressed or
-	   implied. By using this plugin, you agree that in no event will
-	   the copyright holder be liable for any damages resulting from
-	   the use of this software.
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
+	package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim.  except use
+	"zip.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
+	and its associated files are provided *as is* and comes with no
+	warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied.  No guarantees of
+	merchantability.  No guarantees of suitability for any purpose.  By
+	using this plugin, you agree that in no event will the copyright
+	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
+	software. Use at your own risk!
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Contents					*zip* *zip-contents*
+1. Contents						*zip* *zip-contents*
    1. Contents................................................|zip-contents|
    2. Usage...................................................|zip-usage|
    3. Additional Extensions...................................|zip-extension|
    4. History.................................................|zip-history|
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Usage					*zip-usage* *zip-manual*
+2. Usage						*zip-usage* *zip-manual*
 
    When one edits a *.zip file, this plugin will handle displaying a
    contents page.  Select a file to edit by moving the cursor atop
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 ==============================================================================
 3. Additional Extensions					*zip-extension*
 
-   Apparently there are a number of archivers who generate zip files that
+   Apparently there are a number of archivers which generate zip files that
    don't use the .zip extension (.jar, .xpi, etc).  To handle such files,
    place a line in your <.vimrc> file: >
 
@@ -83,7 +84,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2009 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
    should be treated as zip files.
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. History					*zip-history* {{{1
+4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
+		      (consistent with the -p variant)
+   v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
+		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
+		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect
+		      jump list
    v17 May 09, 2008 * arno caught a security bug
    v15 Sep 07, 2007 * &shq now used if not the empty string for g:zip_shq
    v14 May 07, 2007 * using b:zipfile instead of w:zipfile to avoid problem

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 20
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -215,28 +215,29 @@ command with 'l'.
 
 							*:cex* *:cexpr* *E777*
 :cex[pr][!] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr} and
-			jump to the first error.  If {expr} is a String, then
-			each new-line terminated line in the String is
-			processed using 'errorformat' and the result is added
-			to the quickfix list.  If {expr} is a List, then each
-			String item in the list is processed and added to the
-			quickfix list.  Non String items in the List are
-			ignored. See |:cc|
-			for [!].
+			jump to the first error.
+			If {expr} is a String, then each new-line terminated
+			line in the String is processed using the global value
+			of 'errorformat' and the result is added to the
+			quickfix list.
+			If {expr} is a List, then each String item in the list
+			is processed and added to the quickfix list.  Non
+			String items in the List are ignored.
+			See |:cc| for [!].
 			Examples: >
 				:cexpr system('grep -n xyz *')
 				:cexpr getline(1, '$')
 <
 							*:lex* *:lexpr*
-:lex[pr][!] {expr}	Same as ":cexpr", except the location list for the
+:lex[pr][!] {expr}	Same as |:cexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 							*:cgete* *:cgetexpr*
 :cgete[xpr] {expr}	Create a quickfix list using the result of {expr}.
-			Just like ":cexpr", but don't jump to the first error.
+			Just like |:cexpr|, but don't jump to the first error.
 
 							*:lgete* *:lgetexpr*
-:lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as ":cgetexpr", except the location list for the
+:lgete[xpr] {expr}	Same as |:cgetexpr|, except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
 							*:cad* *:caddexpr*
@@ -548,7 +549,7 @@ in the same files a lot faster.
 
 Note that |:copen| (or |:lopen| for |:lgrep|) may be used to open a buffer
 containing the search results in linked form.  The |:silent| command may be
-used to suppress the default full screen grep output.  The |:grep!| form of
+used to suppress the default full screen grep output.  The ":grep!" form of
 the |:grep| command doesn't jump to the first match automatically.  These
 commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 
@@ -560,7 +561,9 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 					*:vim* *:vimgrep* *E682* *E683*
 :vim[grep][!] /{pattern}/[g][j] {file} ...
 			Search for {pattern} in the files {file} ... and set
-			the error list to the matches.
+			the error list to the matches.  Files matching
+			'wildignore' are ignored; files in 'suffixes' are
+			searched last.
 			Without the 'g' flag each line is added only once.
 			With 'g' every match is added.
 
@@ -571,6 +574,8 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			'ignorecase' applies.  To overrule it put |/\c| in the
 			pattern to ignore case or |/\C| to match case.
 			'smartcase' is not used.
+			If {pattern} is empty (e.g. // is specified), the last
+			used search pattern is used. |last-pattern|
 
 			When a number is put before the command this is used
 			as the maximum number of matches to find.  Use
@@ -912,8 +917,8 @@ Basic items
 	%n		error number (finds a number)
 	%m		error message (finds a string)
 	%r		matches the "rest" of a single-line file message %O/P/Q
-	%p		pointer line (finds a sequence of '-', '.' or ' ' and
-			uses the length for the column number)
+	%p		pointer line (finds a sequence of '-', '.', ' ' or
+			tabs and uses the length for the column number)
 	%*{conv}	any scanf non-assignable conversion
 	%%		the single '%' character
 	%s		search text (finds a string)

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 14
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 							 *quickref* *Contents*
  tag	  subject			 tag	  subject	~
-|Q_ct|  list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
+|Q_ct|	list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
 |Q_lr|	motion: Left-right		|Q_km|	Key mapping
 |Q_ud|	motion: Up-down			|Q_ab|	Abbreviations
 |Q_tm|	motion: Text object		|Q_op|	Options
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 |Q_co|	change: Complex			|Q_bu|	Buffer list commands
 |Q_vi|	Visual mode			|Q_sy|	Syntax highlighting
 |Q_to|	Text objects			|Q_gu|	GUI commands
-					|Q_fo|  Folding
+					|Q_fo|	Folding
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |:marks|  :marks	print the active marks
 |CTRL-O|  N  CTRL-O	go to Nth older position in jump list
 |CTRL-I|  N  CTRL-I	go to Nth newer position in jump list
-|:ju|	  :ju[mps]	print the jump list
+|:ju|     :ju[mps]	print the jump list
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_vm*		Various motions
 
@@ -204,30 +204,30 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ta*		Using tags
 
-|:ta|	   :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
-|:ta|	   :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
+|:ta|      :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
+|:ta|      :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
 |CTRL-]|      CTRL-]		jump to the tag under cursor, unless changes
 				   have been made
-|:ts|	   :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
+|:ts|      :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
 |:tjump|   :tj[ump][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] or select from list when
 				   there are multiple matches
-|:ltag|	   :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
+|:ltag|    :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
 				   location list
 
-|:tags|	   :tags		print tag list
+|:tags|    :tags		print tag list
 |CTRL-T|   N  CTRL-T		jump back from Nth older tag in tag list
-|:po|	   :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
+|:po|      :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
 |:tnext|   :[count]tn[ext][!]	jump to [count]'th next matching tag
 |:tp|      :[count]tp[revious][!] jump to [count]'th previous matching tag
-|:tr|	   :[count]tr[ewind][!] jump to [count]'th matching tag
-|:tl|	   :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
+|:tr|      :[count]tr[ewind][!]	jump to [count]'th matching tag
+|:tl|      :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
 
-|:ptag|	   :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
-|CTRL-W_}|     CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
+|:ptag|    :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
+|CTRL-W_}|    CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
 |:pts|     :pts[elect]		like ":tselect" but show tag in preview window
 |:ptjump|  :ptj[ump]		like ":tjump" but show tag in preview window
 |:pclose|  :pc[lose]		close tag preview window
-|CTRL-W_z|     CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
+|CTRL-W_z|    CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_sc*		Scrolling
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ These only work when 'wrap' is off:
 |:startreplace| :startr[eplace][!]  start Replace mode, at EOL when [!] used
 
 in Visual block mode:
-|v_b_I|    I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
+|v_b_I|	   I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
 |v_b_A|	   A	append the same text after all the selected lines
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ai*		Insert mode keys
@@ -334,16 +334,16 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 *Q_de*		Deleting text
 
 |x|	N  x		delete N characters under and after the cursor
-|<Del>| N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
+|<Del>|	N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
 |X|	N  X		delete N characters before the cursor
 |d|	N  d{motion}	delete the text that is moved over with {motion}
-|v_d|	{visual}d	delete the highlighted text
+|v_d|	   {visual}d	delete the highlighted text
 |dd|	N  dd		delete N lines
 |D|	N  D		delete to the end of the line (and N-1 more lines)
 |J|	N  J		join N-1 lines (delete <EOL>s)
-|v_J|	{visual}J	join the highlighted lines
+|v_J|	   {visual}J	join the highlighted lines
 |gJ|	N  gJ		like "J", but without inserting spaces
-|v_gJ|	{visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
+|v_gJ|	   {visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
 |:d|	:[range]d [x]	delete [range] lines [into register x]
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_cm*		Copying and moving text
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 |R|	  N  R		enter Replace mode (repeat the entered text N times)
 |gR|	  N  gR		enter virtual Replace mode: Like Replace mode but
 			   without affecting layout
-|v_b_r|	  {visual}r{char}
+|v_b_r|	     {visual}r{char}
 			in Visual block mode: Replace each char of the
 			   selected text with {char}
 
@@ -447,13 +447,13 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 
 |visual-index|	list of Visual mode commands.
 
-|v|	   v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
-|V|	   V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
+|v|        v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
+|V|        V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
 |CTRL-V|   CTRL-V	start highlighting blockwise   }  highlighted text
-|v_o|	   o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
-|gv|	   gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
-|v_v|	   v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
-|v_V|	   V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
+|v_o|      o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
+|gv|       gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
+|v_v|      v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
+|v_V|      V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
 |v_CTRL-V| CTRL-V	highlight blockwise or stop highlighting
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_to*		Text objects (only in Visual mode or after an operator)
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_km*		Key mapping
 
-|:map|	     :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
-|:map!|	     :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
+|:map|       :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
+|:map!|      :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
 				     mode
 |:noremap|   :no[remap][!] {lhs} {rhs}
 				  same as ":map", no remapping for this {rhs}
@@ -522,19 +522,19 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 				     Normal and Visual mode
 |:map_l!|    :ma[p]! [lhs]	  list mappings (starting with [lhs]) for
 				     Insert and Command-line mode
-|:cmap|	     :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
+|:cmap|      :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Command-line mode only
-|:imap|	     :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
+|:imap|      :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Insert mode only
-|:nmap|	     :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
+|:nmap|      :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Normal mode only
-|:vmap|	     :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
+|:vmap|      :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Visual mode only
-|:omap|	     :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
+|:omap|      :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but only for
 				     when an operator is pending
 |:mapc|      :mapc[lear]	  remove mappings for Normal and Visual mode
@@ -657,6 +657,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cscopepathcomp'  'cspc'    how many components of the path to show
 'cscopeprg'       'csprg'   command to execute cscope
 'cscopequickfix'  'csqf'    use quickfix window for cscope results
+'cscoperelative'  'csre'    Use cscope.out path basename as prefix
 'cscopetag'       'cst'     use cscope for tag commands
 'cscopetagorder'  'csto'    determines ":cstag" search order
 'cscopeverbose'   'csverb'  give messages when adding a cscope database
@@ -690,6 +691,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'fileencodings'   'fencs'   automatically detected character encodings
 'fileformat'	  'ff'	    file format used for file I/O
 'fileformats'	  'ffs'     automatically detected values for 'fileformat'
+'fileignorecase'  'fic'     ignore case when using file names
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
 'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
@@ -800,7 +802,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'omnifunc'	  'ofu'     function for filetype-specific completion
 'opendevice'	  'odev'    allow reading/writing devices on MS-Windows
 'operatorfunc'	  'opfunc'  function to be called for |g@| operator
-'osfiletype'	  'oft'     operating system-specific filetype information
+'osfiletype' 	  'oft'     no longer supported
 'paragraphs'	  'para'    nroff macros that separate paragraphs
 'paste'			    allow pasting text
 'pastetoggle'	  'pt'	    key code that causes 'paste' to toggle
@@ -850,6 +852,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'shellslash'	  'ssl'     use forward slash for shell file names
 'shelltemp'	  'stmp'    whether to use a temp file for shell commands
 'shelltype'	  'st'	    Amiga: influences how to use a shell
+'shellxescape'	  'sxe'     characters to escape when 'shellxquote' is (
 'shellxquote'	  'sxq'     like 'shellquote', but include redirection
 'shiftround'	  'sr'	    round indent to multiple of shiftwidth
 'shiftwidth'	  'sw'	    number of spaces to use for (auto)indent step
@@ -934,6 +937,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'wildchar'	  'wc'	    command-line character for wildcard expansion
 'wildcharm'	  'wcm'     like 'wildchar' but also works when mapped
 'wildignore'	  'wig'     files matching these patterns are not completed
+'wildignorecase'  'wic'     ignore case when completing file names
 'wildmenu'	  'wmnu'    use menu for command line completion
 'wildmode'	  'wim'     mode for 'wildchar' command-line expansion
 'wildoptions'	  'wop'     specifies how command line completion is done
@@ -955,9 +959,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ur*		Undo/Redo commands
 
-|u|	  N  u		undo last N changes
+|u|       N  u		undo last N changes
 |CTRL-R|  N  CTRL-R	redo last N undone changes
-|U|	     U		restore last changed line
+|U|          U		restore last changed line
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_et*		External commands
 
@@ -1008,7 +1012,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				   C4350, etc.)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
-|Q|		Q		switch to "Ex" mode
+|Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode
 
 |:redir|	:redir >{file}		redirect messages to {file}
 |:silent|	:silent[!] {command}	execute {command} silently
@@ -1084,11 +1088,11 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ex*		Special Ex characters
 
-|:bar|	    |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
+|:bar|      |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
 |:quote|    "		begins comment
 
-|:_%|	    %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
-|:_#|	    #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
+|:_%|       %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
+|:_#|       #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
 			   expected)
 	Note: The next seven are typed literally; these are not special keys!
 |:<abuf>|   <abuf>	buffer number, for use in an autocommand (only where a
@@ -1168,18 +1172,18 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 	   Without !: Fail if changes have been made to the current buffer.
 	      With !: Discard any changes to the current buffer.
 |:edit_f|  :e[dit][!] {file}	edit {file}
-|:edit|	   :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
-|:enew|	   :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
+|:edit|    :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
+|:enew|    :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
 |:find|    :fin[d][!] {file}	find {file} in 'path' and edit it
 
-|CTRL-^|   N   CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
-|gf|	       gf  or ]f	edit the file whose name is under the cursor
-|:pwd|	   :pwd			print the current directory name
-|:cd|	   :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
-|:cd-|	   :cd -		back to previous current directory
-|:file|	   :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
+|CTRL-^|   N  CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
+|gf|          gf  or ]f		edit the file whose name is under the cursor
+|:pwd|     :pwd			print the current directory name
+|:cd|      :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
+|:cd-|     :cd -		back to previous current directory
+|:file|    :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
 				   position
-|:file|	   :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
+|:file|    :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
 |:files|   :files		show alternate file names
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_fl*		Using the argument list			|argument-list|
@@ -1195,12 +1199,12 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 
 	     in current window    in new window	~
 |:argument|  :argu[ment] N	  :sar[gument] N	edit file N
-|:next|	     :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
+|:next|      :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
 |:next_f|    :n[ext] {arglist}	  :sn[ext] {arglist}	define new arg list
 							   and edit first file
-|:Next|	     :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
+|:Next|      :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
 |:first|     :fir[st]		  :sfir[st]		edit first file
-|:last|	     :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
+|:last|      :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_wq*		Writing and quitting
 

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quotes.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*quotes.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -260,15 +260,16 @@ Eccettuato, Italy)
 
 
 In summary:
-     __     ___		    _	    _	_  ___ _____
-     \ \   / (_)_ __ ___   (_)___  | | | |/ _ \_   _|
-      \ \ / /| | '_ ` _ \  | / __| | |_| | | | || |
-       \ V / | | | | | | | | \__ \ |  _  | |_| || |
-	\_/  |_|_| |_| |_| |_|___/ |_| |_|\___/ |_|
-	     ____ _____ _   _ _____ _____ _ _
-	    / ___|_   _| | | |	___|  ___| | |
-	    \___ \ | | | | | | |_  | |_  | | |
-	     ___) || | | |_| |	_| |  _| |_|_|
-	    |____/ |_|	\___/|_|   |_|	 (_|_)	      (Tony Nugent, Australia)
+     __     ___		    _	    _	_  ___ _____ `
+     \ \   / (_)_ __ ___   (_)___  | | | |/ _ \_   _| `
+      \ \ / /| | '_ ` _ \  | / __| | |_| | | | || | `
+       \ V / | | | | | | | | \__ \ |  _  | |_| || | `
+	\_/  |_|_| |_| |_| |_|___/ |_| |_|\___/ |_| `
+	     ____ _____ _   _ _____ _____ _ _ `
+	    / ___|_   _| | | |	___|  ___| | | `
+	    \___ \ | | | | | | |_  | |_  | | | `
+	     ___) || | | |_| |	_| |  _| |_|_| `
+	    |____/ |_|	\___/|_|   |_|	 (_|_)	    (Tony Nugent, Australia) `
+
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Nov 04
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,25 +102,29 @@ To abort this type CTRL-C twice.
 q{0-9a-zA-Z"}		Record typed characters into register {0-9a-zA-Z"}
 			(uppercase to append).  The 'q' command is disabled
 			while executing a register, and it doesn't work inside
-			a mapping.  {Vi: no recording}
+			a mapping and |:normal|.  {Vi: no recording}
 
 q			Stops recording.  (Implementation note: The 'q' that
 			stops recording is not stored in the register, unless
 			it was the result of a mapping)  {Vi: no recording}
 
 							*@*
-@{0-9a-z".=*}		Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*} [count]
+@{0-9a-z".=*+}		Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*+} [count]
 			times.  Note that register '%' (name of the current
 			file) and '#' (name of the alternate file) cannot be
-			used.  For "@=" you are prompted to enter an
-			expression.  The result of the expression is then
-			executed.  See also |@:|.  {Vi: only named registers}
+			used.
+			The register is executed like a mapping, that means
+			that the difference between 'wildchar' and 'wildcharm'
+			applies.
+			For "@=" you are prompted to enter an expression.  The
+			result of the expression is then executed.
+			See also |@:|.  {Vi: only named registers}
 
 							*@@* *E748*
 @@			Repeat the previous @{0-9a-z":*} [count] times.
 
-:[addr]*{0-9a-z".=}						*:@* *:star*
-:[addr]@{0-9a-z".=*}	Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*} as an Ex
+:[addr]*{0-9a-z".=+}						*:@* *:star*
+:[addr]@{0-9a-z".=*+}	Execute the contents of register {0-9a-z".=*+} as an Ex
 			command.  First set cursor at line [addr] (default is
 			current line).  When the last line in the register does
 			not have a <CR> it will be added automatically when

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 14
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 
 		Accepted arguments:
 
-	icon={pixmap}
+	icon={bitmap}
 		Define the file name where the bitmap can be found.  Should be
 		a full path.  The bitmap should fit in the place of two
 		characters.  This is not checked.  If the bitmap is too big it
@@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 			GTK 1		pixmap (.xpm)
 			GTK 2		many
 			Motif		pixmap (.xpm)
+			Win32		.bmp, .ico, .cur
+					pixmap (.xpm) |+xpm_w32|
 
 	linehl={group}
 		Highlighting group used for the whole line the sign is placed
@@ -151,8 +153,14 @@ REMOVING SIGNS						*:sign-unplace* *E159*
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from file {fname}.
 		See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.
 
+:sign unplace * file={fname}
+		Remove all placed signs in file {fname}.
+
 :sign unplace {id} buffer={nr}
-		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
+		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from buffer {nr}.
+
+:sign unplace * buffer={nr}
+		Remove all placed signs in buffer {nr}.
 
 :sign unplace {id}
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from all files it

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Apr 11
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -335,6 +335,9 @@ A spell file might not be available in the current 'encoding'.  See
 |spell-mkspell| about how to create a spell file.  Converting a spell file
 with "iconv" will NOT work!
 
+Note: on VMS ".{enc}.spl" is changed to "_{enc}.spl" to avoid trouble with
+filenames.
+
 						    *spell-sug-file* *E781*
 If there is a file with exactly the same name as the ".spl" file but ending in
 ".sug", that file will be used for giving better suggestions.  It isn't loaded
@@ -519,7 +522,7 @@ then Vim will try to guess.
 			Up to eight regions can be combined. *E754* *E755*
 			The REP and SAL items of the first .aff file where
 			they appear are used. |spell-REP| |spell-SAL|
-
+								*E845*
 			This command uses a lot of memory, required to find
 			the optimal word tree (Polish, Italian and Hungarian
 			require several hundred Mbyte).  The final result will
@@ -1241,6 +1244,7 @@ one or more groups, where each group can be:
 Optionally this may be followed by:
 	*	the group appears zero or more times, e.g., sm*e
 	+	the group appears one or more times, e.g., c+
+	?	the group appears zero times or once, e.g., x?
 
 This is similar to the regexp pattern syntax (but not the same!).  A few
 examples with the sequence of word flags they require:
@@ -1248,6 +1252,7 @@ examples with the sequence of word flags they require:
     COMPOUNDRULE yz	    yz
     COMPOUNDRULE x+z	    xz xxz xxxz etc.
     COMPOUNDRULE yx+	    yx yxx yxxx etc.
+    COMPOUNDRULE xy?z	    xz xyz
 
     COMPOUNDRULE [abc]z    az bz cz
     COMPOUNDRULE [abc]+z   az aaz abaz bz baz bcbz cz caz cbaz etc.

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 18
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -248,7 +248,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 							*-g*
--g		Start Vim in GUI mode.  See |gui|.  {not in Vi}
+-g		Start Vim in GUI mode.  See |gui|. For the opposite see |-v|.
+		{not in Vi}
 
 							*-v*
 -v		Start Ex in Vi mode.  Only makes a difference when the
@@ -424,12 +425,7 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		"-d con:30/10/600/150".  But you can also use it to start
 		editing on another device, e.g., AUX:.  {not in Vi}
 							*-f*
--f		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
-		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
-		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
-		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
-
-		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
+-f		GUI: Do not disconnect from the program that started Vim.
 		'f' stands for "foreground".  If omitted, the GUI forks a new
 		process and exits the current one.  "-f" should be used when
 		gvim is started by a program that will wait for the edit
@@ -437,8 +433,14 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		never to fork, include 'f' in 'guioptions' in your |gvimrc|.
 		Careful: You can use "-gf" to start the GUI in the foreground,
 		but "-fg" is used to specify the foreground color.  |gui-fork|
+
+		Amiga: Do not restart Vim to open a new window.  This
+		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
+		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
+		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
 		{not in Vi}
 
+
 							*--nofork*
 --nofork	GUI: Do not fork.  Same as |-f|.
 							*-u* *E282*

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Sep 23
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -199,7 +199,8 @@ REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE			*mysyntaxfile-replace*
 If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
 version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above.  Just make sure
 that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
-Vim will only load the first syntax file found.
+Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
+b:current_syntax.
 
 
 NAMING CONVENTIONS		    *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
@@ -379,141 +380,335 @@ settings, depending on which syntax is active.	Example: >
 This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
 window into HTML.  Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
 
+After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
+colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
+
 You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
 Source the script to convert the current file: >
 
 	:runtime! syntax/2html.vim
 <
-							*:TOhtml*
-Or use the ":TOhtml" user command.  It is defined in a standard plugin.
-":TOhtml" also works with a range and in a Visual area: >
-
-	:10,40TOhtml
-
-Warning: This is slow! The script must process every character of every line.
-Because it is so slow, by default a progress bar is displayed in the
-statusline for each step that usually takes a long time. If you don't like
-seeing this progress bar, you can disable it and get a very minor speed
-improvement with: >
-
-	let g:html_no_progress = 1
-
-":TOhtml" has another special feature: if the window is in diff mode, it will
-generate HTML that shows all the related windows.  This can be disabled by
-setting the g:html_diff_one_file variable: >
-
-	let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
-
-After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser.  The
-colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim.
-
-To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
-command, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first and
-last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
-
-	:let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
-	:let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
-
-The lines are numbered according to 'number' option and the Number
-highlighting.  You can force lines to be numbered in the HTML output by
-setting "html_number_lines" to non-zero value: >
-   :let g:html_number_lines = 1
-Force to omit the line numbers by using a zero value: >
-   :let g:html_number_lines = 0
-Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
-   :unlet g:html_number_lines
-
-By default, valid HTML 4.01 using cascading style sheets (CSS1) is generated.
-If you need to generate markup for really old browsers or some other user
-agent that lacks basic CSS support, use: >
-   :let g:html_use_css = 0
-
-Concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with the appropriate
-character from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' depending on the current value of
-'conceallevel'. If you always want to display all text in your document,
-either set 'conceallevel' to zero before invoking 2html, or use: >
-   :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
-
-Similarly, closed folds are put in the HTML as they are displayed.  If you
-don't want this, use the |zR| command before invoking 2html, or use: >
-   :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
-
-You may want to generate HTML that includes all the data within the folds, and
-allow the user to view the folded data similar to how they would in Vim. To
-generate this dynamic fold information, use: >
-   :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
-
-Using html_dynamic_folds will imply html_use_css, because it would be far too
-difficult to do it for old browsers. However, html_ignore_folding overrides
-html_dynamic_folds.
-
-Using html_dynamic_folds will default to generating a foldcolumn in the html
-similar to Vim's foldcolumn, that will use javascript to open and close the
-folds in the HTML document. The width of this foldcolumn starts at the current
-setting of |'foldcolumn'| but grows to fit the greatest foldlevel in your
-document. If you do not want to show a foldcolumn at all, use: >
-   :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
-
-Using this option, there will be no foldcolumn available to open the folds in
-the HTML. For this reason, another option is provided: html_hover_unfold.
-Enabling this option will use CSS 2.0 to allow a user to open a fold by
-hovering the mouse pointer over it. Note that old browsers (notably Internet
-Explorer 6) will not support this feature.  Browser-specific markup for IE6 is
-included to fall back to the normal CSS1 code so that the folds show up
-correctly for this browser, but they will not be openable without a
-foldcolumn. Note that using html_hover_unfold will allow modern browsers with
-disabled javascript to view closed folds. To use this option, use: >
-   :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
-
-Setting html_no_foldcolumn with html_dynamic_folds will automatically set
-html_hover_unfold, because otherwise the folds wouldn't be dynamic.
-
-By default "<pre>" and "</pre>" is used around the text.  This makes it show
-up as you see it in Vim, but without wrapping.	If you prefer wrapping, at the
-risk of making some things look a bit different, use: >
-   :let g:html_no_pre = 1
-This will use <br> at the end of each line and use "&nbsp;" for repeated
-spaces.
-
-The current value of 'encoding' is used to specify the charset of the HTML
-file.  This only works for those values of 'encoding' that have an equivalent
-HTML charset name.  To overrule this set g:html_use_encoding to the name of
-the charset to be used: >
-   :let g:html_use_encoding = "foobar"
-To omit the line that specifies the charset, set g:html_use_encoding to an
-empty string: >
-   :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
-To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the g:html_use_encoding
-variable: >
-   :unlet g:html_use_encoding
-<
-For diff mode a sequence of more than 3 filler lines is displayed as three
-lines with the middle line mentioning the total number of inserted lines.  If
-you prefer to see all the inserted lines use: >
-    :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
-And to go back to displaying up to three lines again: >
-    :unlet g:html_whole_filler
-<
-					    *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML*
-An alternative is to have the script generate XHTML (XML compliant HTML).  To
-do this set the "html_use_xhtml" variable: >
-    :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
-
-Any of these options can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
+Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
+options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
 the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
 |:unlet|.
 
 Remarks:
-- This only works in a version with GUI support.  If the GUI is not actually
-  running (possible for X11) it still works, but not very well (the colors
-  may be wrong).
 - Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
 - From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
+- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
+  features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
+  incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
 
 Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
 Unix shell: >
    for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
 <
+					*g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
+To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
+command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
+and last line to be converted.  Example, using the last set Visual area: >
+
+	:let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
+	:let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
+	:runtime! syntax/2html.vim
+<
+							*:TOhtml*
+:[range]TOhtml		The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
+			This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
+			range is given, set |g:html_start_line| and
+			|g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the range,
+			respectively. Default range is the entire buffer.
+
+			If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
+			|g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
+			all windows which are part of the diff in the current
+			tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
+			in the generated HTML.
+
+			Examples: >
+
+	:10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
+	:'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
+	:TOhtml      " convert entire buffer
+<
+							*g:html_diff_one_file*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab page are converted
+to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element.
+When 1, only the current buffer is converted.
+Example: >
+
+	let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
+<
+							 *g:html_whole_filler*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
+is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
+of inserted lines.
+When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
+not set.
+>
+    :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
+<
+				     *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
+2html.vim conversion process.
+When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
+but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
+files it can take a long time!
+Example: >
+
+	let g:html_no_progress = 1
+<
+You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
+run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
+moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
+
+  vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
+<
+Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
+need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
+conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
+script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
+specifying each command separately.
+
+							 *g:html_number_lines*
+Default: current 'number' setting.
+When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
+When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
+highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
+Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
+   :let g:html_number_lines = 1
+Force to omit the line numbers: >
+   :let g:html_number_lines = 0
+Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
+   :unlet g:html_number_lines
+<
+							      *g:html_use_css*
+Default: 1.
+When 1, generate valid HTML 4.01 markup with CSS1 styling, supported in all
+modern browsers and most old browsers.
+When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
+recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
+forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
+Example: >
+   :let g:html_use_css = 0
+<
+						       *g:html_ignore_conceal*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
+from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
+value of 'conceallevel'.
+When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
+|conceal|ed.
+
+Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
+included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
+   :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
+   :setl conceallevel=0
+<
+						       *g:html_ignore_folding*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
+Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
+the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
+When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
+text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
+
+Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
+in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
+   zR
+   :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
+<
+							*g:html_dynamic_folds*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
+When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
+in Vim.
+
+Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
+regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
+
+This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
+>
+   :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
+<
+							*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
+Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
+open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
+'foldcolumn' setting.
+When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
+folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
+>
+   :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
+<
+				*TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
+Default: empty string.
+This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
+when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
+for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
+line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
+affected in this way as follows:
+	f:	fold column
+	n:	line numbers (also within fold text)
+	t:	fold text
+	d:	diff filler
+
+Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
+	:let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
+<
+This feature is currently implemented by inserting read-only <input> elements
+into the markup to contain the uncopyable areas. This does not work well in
+all cases. When pasting to some applications which understand HTML, the
+<input> elements also get pasted. But plain-text paste destinations should
+always work.
+
+							   *g:html_no_invalid*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, an invalid attribute is
+intentionally inserted into the <input> element for the uncopyable areas. This
+increases the number of applications you can paste to without also pasting the
+<input> elements. Specifically, Microsoft Word will not paste the <input>
+elements if they contain this invalid attribute.
+When 1, no invalid markup is ever intentionally inserted, and the generated
+page should validate. However, be careful pasting into Microsoft Word when
+|g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty; it can be hard to get rid of the <input>
+elements which get pasted.
+
+							 *g:html_hover_unfold*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
+|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
+When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
+cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
+disabled javascript to view the folded text.
+
+Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
+feature.  Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
+normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
+they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
+>
+   :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
+<
+					  *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
+Default: current 'wrap' setting.
+When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
+not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
+When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
+used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
+window.
+Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
+Explicitly disable wrapping: >
+   :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
+Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
+   :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
+<
+							       *g:html_no_pre*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
+tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
+characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
+When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
+used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
+references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
+text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
+old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
+the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
+>
+   :let g:html_no_pre = 1
+<
+							  *g:html_expand_tabs*
+Default: 1 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, and no fold column or line
+		numbers occur in the generated HTML;
+	 0 otherwise.
+When 0, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
+number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
+When 1, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
+are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
+allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
+the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
+indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
+
+Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
+   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
+<
+Force tabs to be expanded: >
+   :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
+<
+				    *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
+It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
+|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
+
+If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
+for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
+'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
+set to match the chosen document encoding.
+
+Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
+|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
+wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
+encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
+below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
+
+Note, by default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
+the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
+
+	http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
+	http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
+
+							 *g:html_use_encoding*
+Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
+To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
+name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
+something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
+webserver: >
+   :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
+You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
+entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
+   :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
+To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
+variable: >
+   :unlet g:html_use_encoding
+<
+						    *g:html_encoding_override*
+Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
+		mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
+This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
+specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
+list of conversions.
+
+This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
+pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
+
+Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
+   :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
+<
+						     *g:html_charset_override*
+Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
+		mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
+		browser support.
+This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
+'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
+use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
+TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
+and UTF-32 instead, use: >
+   :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
+
+Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
+compatibility problems with some major browsers.
+
+			*convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
+Default: 0.
+When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
+When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
+>
+    :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
+<
 
 ABEL						*abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
 
@@ -589,7 +784,11 @@ The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
 	asmsyntax=nasm
 Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax.  This line must be
 one of the first five lines in the file.  No non-white text must be
-immediately before or after this text.
+immediately before or after this text.  Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
+equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
+between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
+particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
+highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
 
 The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
 b:asmsyntax variable: >
@@ -694,10 +893,12 @@ c_no_ansi		don't do standard ANSI types and constants
 c_ansi_typedefs		 ... but do standard ANSI types
 c_ansi_constants	 ... but do standard ANSI constants
 c_no_utf		don't highlight \u and \U in strings
-c_syntax_for_h		use C syntax for *.h files, instead of C++
+c_syntax_for_h		for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
+			syntax instead of objcpp
 c_no_if0		don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
 c_no_cformat		don't highlight %-formats in strings
 c_no_c99		don't highlight C99 standard items
+c_no_c11		don't highlight C11 standard items
 
 When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
 become a fold.  If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
@@ -798,6 +999,14 @@ comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
 The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
 
 
+CPP						*cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
+
+Most of things are same as |ft-c-syntax|.
+
+Variable		Highlight ~
+cpp_no_c11		don't highlight C++11 standard items
+
+
 CSH						*csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
 
 This covers the shell named "csh".  Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
@@ -806,13 +1015,13 @@ used.
 Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard.  Some systems
 symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
 between csh and tcsh.  In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
-"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh: >
-
-	:let filetype_csh = "csh"
+"filetype_csh" variable.  For using csh:  *g:filetype_csh*
+>
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
 
 For using tcsh: >
 
-	:let filetype_csh = "tcsh"
+	:let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
 
 Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
 tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh.  All other tcsh/csh scripts
@@ -872,8 +1081,8 @@ line to your startup file: >
 
 
 DOCBOOK					*docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
-DOCBOOK	XML				*docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
-DOCBOOK	SGML				*docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
+DOCBOOK XML				*docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
+DOCBOOK SGML				*docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
 
 There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML.  To specify what type you
 are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set.  Vim does this for you
@@ -889,6 +1098,10 @@ Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
 or: >
 	:set filetype=docbkxml
 
+You can specify the DocBook version: >
+	:let docbk_ver = 3
+When not set 4 is used.
+
 
 DOSBATCH				*dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
 
@@ -925,9 +1138,9 @@ Example: >
 or >
 	// vim:syntax=c.doxygen
 
-It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C# and IDL files by setting the
-global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax.  This is done by adding
-the following to your .vimrc. >
+It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
+the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax.  This is done by
+adding the following to your .vimrc. >
 	:let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
 
 There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting, and
@@ -1042,6 +1255,8 @@ your .vimrc: >
 FLEXWIKI				*flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
 
 FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
+NOTE: this site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
+development stopped in 2009.
 
 Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
 syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
@@ -1093,14 +1308,12 @@ conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
 FORTRAN					*fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
 
 Default highlighting and dialect ~
-Highlighting appropriate for f95 (Fortran 95) is used by default.  This choice
-should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 95 is a
-superset of Fortran 90 and almost a superset of Fortran 77. Support for 
-Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 features has been introduced and is
-automatically available in the default (f95) highlighting.
+Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default.  This choice
+should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is 
+almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77). 
 
 Fortran source code form ~
-Fortran 9x code can be in either fixed or free source form.  Note that the
+Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form.  Note that the
 syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
 
 When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
@@ -1181,52 +1394,54 @@ recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
 construct.
 
 Non-default fortran dialects ~
-The syntax script supports five Fortran dialects: f95, f90, f77, the Lahey
-subset elf90, and the Imagine1 subset F.
+The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
+find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory.  A few legacy constructs
+deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
+items.
 
-If you use f77 with extensions, even common ones like do/enddo loops, do/while
-loops and free source form that are supported by most f77 compilers including
-g77 (GNU Fortran), then you will probably find the default highlighting
-satisfactory.  However, if you use strict f77 with no extensions, not even free
-source form or the MIL STD 1753 extensions, then the advantages of setting the
-dialect to f77 are that names such as SUM are recognized as user variable
-names and not highlighted as f9x intrinsic functions, that obsolete constructs
-such as ASSIGN statements are not highlighted as todo items, and that fixed
-source form will be assumed.
+If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
+other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
+that free source form will be assumed. 
 
-If you use elf90 or F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is
-that f90 features excluded from these dialects will be highlighted as todo
-items and that free source form will be assumed as required for these
-dialects.
+The dialect can be selected in various ways.  If all your fortran files use
+the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
+to your syntax on statement.  The case-sensitive, permissible values of
+fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F".  Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
+ignored.
 
-The dialect can be selected by setting the variable fortran_dialect.  The
-permissible values of fortran_dialect are case-sensitive and must be "f95",
-"f90", "f77", "elf" or "F".  Invalid values of fortran_dialect are ignored.
-
-If all your fortran files use the same dialect, set fortran_dialect in your
-.vimrc prior to your syntax on statement.  If the dialect depends upon the file
-extension, then it is most convenient to set it in a ftplugin file.  For more
-information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|.  For example, if all your
-fortran files with an .f90 extension are written in the elf subset, your
-ftplugin file should contain the code >
+If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
+set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file.  For more information on
+ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|.  For example, if all your fortran files with
+an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
+contain the code >
     let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
     if s:extfname ==? "f90"
-	let fortran_dialect="elf"
+	let b:fortran_dialect="F"
     else
-	unlet! fortran_dialect
+	unlet! b:fortran_dialect
     endif
 Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
 precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
 
 Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
-the dialect.  You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis, by
-including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=f77 or
-elf or F or f90 or f95) in one of the first three lines in your file.  For
-example, your older .f files may be written in extended f77 but your newer
-ones may be F codes, and you would identify the latter by including in the
-first three lines of those files a Fortran comment of the form >
+the dialect.  You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
+by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
+f08) in one of the first three lines in your file.  For example, your older .f
+files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
+identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
+Fortran comment of the form >
   ! fortran_dialect=F
-F overrides elf if both directives are present.
+
+For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
+now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
+silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
+instead. 
+
+The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
+comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
+non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
+or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
+items. 
 
 Limitations ~
 Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses.  Hollerith
@@ -1541,11 +1756,6 @@ which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
 strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively.  I
 have opted to chose another background for those statements.
 
-In order to help you write code that can be easily ported between Java and
-C++, all C++ keywords can be marked as an error in a Java program.  To
-have this add this line in your .vimrc file: >
-	:let java_allow_cpp_keywords = 0
-
 Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
 creates HTML pages.  The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
 similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|).  You can even add Javascript
@@ -1684,19 +1894,10 @@ instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
 
 LUA						*lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
 
-This syntax file may be used for Lua 4.0, Lua 5.0 or Lua 5.1 (the latter is
+The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
 the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
 lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
-4.0 syntax highlighting, use this command: >
-
-	:let lua_version = 4
-
-If you are using Lua 5.0, use these commands: >
-
-	:let lua_version = 5
-	:let lua_subversion = 0
-
-To restore highlighting for Lua 5.1: >
+5.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
 
 	:let lua_version = 5
 	:let lua_subversion = 1
@@ -2247,24 +2448,33 @@ Pascal.  Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
 
 PYTHON						*python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
 
-There are four options to control Python syntax highlighting.
+There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
 
 For highlighted numbers: >
-	:let python_highlight_numbers = 1
+	:let python_no_number_highlight = 1
 
 For highlighted builtin functions: >
-	:let python_highlight_builtins = 1
+	:let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
 
 For highlighted standard exceptions: >
-	:let python_highlight_exceptions = 1
+	:let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
+
+For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
+	:let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
+or >
+	:let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
+(first option implies second one).
 
 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
-	:let python_highlight_space_errors = 1
+	:let python_space_error_highlight = 1
 
 If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
-preceding three options): >
+preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
 	:let python_highlight_all = 1
 
+Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace 
+      1 above with anything.
+
 
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
@@ -2300,6 +2510,12 @@ This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
 later, and part earlier) adds.
 
 
+RESTRUCTURED TEXT			*rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
+
+You may set what syntax definitions should be used for code blocks via
+	let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
+
+
 REXX						*rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
 
 If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
@@ -2310,6 +2526,12 @@ This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
 displayed line.  The default value is 10.  The disadvantage of using a larger
 number is that redrawing can become slow.
 
+Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is.  If it can't be detected (from
+comment lines), the default is "r".  To make the default rexx add this line to
+your .vimrc:  *g:filetype_r*
+>
+	:let g:filetype_r = "r"
+
 
 RUBY						*ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
 
@@ -2537,8 +2759,41 @@ reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set.  Example: >
 The default is to use the twice sh_minlines.  Set it to a smaller number to
 speed up displaying.  The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
 
+						*g:sh_isk* *g:sh_noisk*
+The shell languages appear to let "." be part of words, commands, etc;
+consequently it should be in the isk for sh.vim.  As of v116 of syntax/sh.vim,
+syntax/sh.vim will append the "." to |'iskeyword'| by default; you may control
+this behavior with: >
+	let g:sh_isk  = '..whatever characters you want as part of iskeyword'
+	let g:sh_noisk= 1  " otherwise, if this exists, the isk will NOT chg
+<
+						*sh-embed*  *sh-awk*
+ Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
 
-SPEEDUP (AspenTech plant simulator)		*spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
+You may wish to embed languages into sh.  I'll give an example courtesy of
+Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
+file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
+
+    " AWK Embedding: {{{1
+    " ==============
+    " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
+    if exists("b:current_syntax")
+      unlet b:current_syntax
+    endif
+    syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
+    syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
+    syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
+    syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
+    hi def link AWKCommand Type
+<
+This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
+	awk '...awk code here...'
+be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax.  Clearly this may be
+extended to other languages.
+
+
+SPEEDUP						*spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
+(AspenTech plant simulator)
 
 The Speedup syntax file has some options:
 
@@ -2621,6 +2876,8 @@ sections, subsections, etc are supported.  Put >
 in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax.  I suggest doing the latter via a
 modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
 	% vim: fdm=syntax
+If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
+ 	http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Keep_folds_closed_while_inserting_text
 <
 								*tex-nospell*
  Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
@@ -2629,7 +2886,14 @@ Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
 prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files.  To do
 this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
       let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
-<
+The comment lines >
+	% nospell{
+	...
+	% nospell}
+will suppress spell checking between them.  These comment lines spelling
+control are known to be fragile; for example, don't include any of the section
+commands (\part, \chapter, \section, \paragraph, etc) inside nospell blocks
+or interleave environments (such as math) across nospell blocks.
 								*tex-verb*
  Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
 
@@ -2661,6 +2925,38 @@ If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
 increase them.	This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
 if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
 
+Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
+|tex-folding| for a way around this.
+
+								*g:tex_fast*
+
+Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
+
+	:let g:tex_fast= ""
+
+in your .vimrc.  Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
+highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
+synchronization.  The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
+price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
+folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
+
+You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
+selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
+
+    b : allow bold and italic syntax
+    c : allow texComment syntax
+    m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
+    M : allow texMath syntax
+    p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
+    r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
+    s : allow superscript/subscript regions
+    S : allow texStyle syntax
+    v : allow verbatim syntax
+    V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
+<
+As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
+but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
+
 					    *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
 
@@ -2669,7 +2965,9 @@ of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts.  If you're using such a
 package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
 it.  However, clearly this is impractical.  So please consider using the
 techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
-by syntax/tex.vim.
+by syntax/tex.vim.  Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
+which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
+http://vim.sf.net/.
 
 								*tex-error*
  Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
@@ -2731,6 +3029,7 @@ You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
 following sets of characters: >
 
 	a = accents/ligatures
+	b = bold and italic
 	d = delimiters
 	m = math symbols
 	g = Greek
@@ -2739,6 +3038,18 @@ following sets of characters: >
 By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
 substitution will not be made.
 
+						*g:tex_isk*
+ Tex: Controlling What's In A Keyword~
+
+(La)Tex keywords normally use the characters 0-9,a-z,A-Z,192-255 only
+but the "_" is the only one that causes problems.  So, by default,
+syntax/tex.vim overrides the usual |'iskeyword'| setting (using |:setlocal|)
+with one that works for LaTeX.
+
+However, one may override this iskeyword re-setting by setting the
+variable, g:tex_isk, in one's .vimrc to whatever one wishes and
+it will be used instead.
+ 
 
 TF						*tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
 
@@ -2792,7 +3103,7 @@ Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python   script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby     script
    g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl      script
-
+<
 							*g:vimsyn_noerror*
 Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; VimL is a
 difficult language to highlight correctly.  A way to suppress error
@@ -3174,6 +3485,9 @@ DEFINING REGIONS	*:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
    :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
    :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
    :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
+<
+						*E849*
+The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
 
 ==============================================================================
 6. :syntax arguments					*:syn-arguments*
@@ -3218,11 +3532,12 @@ Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
 in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
 
 cchar							*:syn-cchar*
-
+							*E844*
 The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
 when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
 argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
-character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. Example: >
+character defined in the 'listchars' option is used.  The character cannot be
+a control character such as Tab.  Example: >
    :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
 See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
 
@@ -3536,7 +3851,7 @@ s-{nr}	start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
 e	end of the matched pattern
 e+{nr}	end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
 e-{nr}	end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
-{nr}	(for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars to the left
+{nr}	(for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
 
 Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
 
@@ -3634,9 +3949,9 @@ External matches					*:syn-ext-match*
 These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
 
 						*/\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52*
-    \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it is can
-		be accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable
-		in defining a syntax region start pattern.
+    \z(\)	Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
+		accessed from another pattern match.  Currently only usable in
+		defining a syntax region start pattern.
 
 					*/\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
     \z1  ...  \z9			*/\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
@@ -3711,6 +4026,9 @@ This also has implications for nested clusters: >
    :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
    :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B	" no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
    :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B	" now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
+<
+						*E848*
+The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Including syntax files				*:syn-include* *E397*
@@ -3750,6 +4068,9 @@ two different ways:
 	  with his own version, without replacing the file that does the ":syn
 	  include".
 
+						*E847*
+The maximum number of includes is 999.
+
 ==============================================================================
 10. Synchronizing				*:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
 
@@ -3803,7 +4124,7 @@ First syncing method:			*:syn-sync-first*
 The file will be parsed from the start.  This makes syntax highlighting
 accurate, but can be slow for long files.  Vim caches previously parsed text,
 so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time.  However,
-when making changes some part of the next needs to be parsed again (worst
+when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
 case: to the end of the file).
 
 Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
@@ -4316,6 +4637,9 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 							*hl-LineNr*
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+							*hl-CursorLineNr*
+CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is set for
+		the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
 		is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 31
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ something else.
 		this is a "safe" command.
 
 :tabc[lose][!] {count}
-		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as ':tabclose"
+		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as `:tabclose`
 		above.
 
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
@@ -173,10 +173,20 @@ Other commands:
 REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 
 :tabm[ove] [N]						*:tabm* *:tabmove*
+:[N]tabm[ove]
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
 		page is made the last one.
 
+:tabm[ove] +[N]
+:tabm[ove] -[N]
+		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
+		the left (with -).
+
+Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
+:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
+clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -154,12 +154,14 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'cscopepathcomp'	options.txt	/*'cscopepathcomp'*
 'cscopeprg'	options.txt	/*'cscopeprg'*
 'cscopequickfix'	options.txt	/*'cscopequickfix'*
+'cscoperelative'	options.txt	/*'cscoperelative'*
 'cscopetag'	options.txt	/*'cscopetag'*
 'cscopetagorder'	options.txt	/*'cscopetagorder'*
 'cscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'cscopeverbose'*
 'cspc'	options.txt	/*'cspc'*
 'csprg'	options.txt	/*'csprg'*
 'csqf'	options.txt	/*'csqf'*
+'csre'	options.txt	/*'csre'*
 'cst'	options.txt	/*'cst'*
 'csto'	options.txt	/*'csto'*
 'csverb'	options.txt	/*'csverb'*
@@ -279,6 +281,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'go-F'	options.txt	/*'go-F'*
 'go-L'	options.txt	/*'go-L'*
 'go-M'	options.txt	/*'go-M'*
+'go-P'	options.txt	/*'go-P'*
 'go-R'	options.txt	/*'go-R'*
 'go-T'	options.txt	/*'go-T'*
 'go-a'	options.txt	/*'go-a'*
@@ -659,6 +662,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'noweirdinvert'	options.txt	/*'noweirdinvert'*
 'nowfh'	options.txt	/*'nowfh'*
 'nowfw'	options.txt	/*'nowfw'*
+'nowic'	options.txt	/*'nowic'*
+'nowildignorecase'	options.txt	/*'nowildignorecase'*
 'nowildmenu'	options.txt	/*'nowildmenu'*
 'nowinfixheight'	options.txt	/*'nowinfixheight'*
 'nowinfixwidth'	options.txt	/*'nowinfixwidth'*
@@ -779,6 +784,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'shellslash'	options.txt	/*'shellslash'*
 'shelltemp'	options.txt	/*'shelltemp'*
 'shelltype'	options.txt	/*'shelltype'*
+'shellxescape'	options.txt	/*'shellxescape'*
 'shellxquote'	options.txt	/*'shellxquote'*
 'shiftround'	options.txt	/*'shiftround'*
 'shiftwidth'	options.txt	/*'shiftwidth'*
@@ -848,6 +854,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'swf'	options.txt	/*'swf'*
 'switchbuf'	options.txt	/*'switchbuf'*
 'sws'	options.txt	/*'sws'*
+'sxe'	options.txt	/*'sxe'*
 'sxq'	options.txt	/*'sxq'*
 'syn'	options.txt	/*'syn'*
 'synmaxcol'	options.txt	/*'synmaxcol'*
@@ -957,6 +964,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_te'	term.txt	/*'t_te'*
 't_ti'	term.txt	/*'t_ti'*
 't_ts'	term.txt	/*'t_ts'*
+'t_u7'	term.txt	/*'t_u7'*
 't_ue'	term.txt	/*'t_ue'*
 't_us'	term.txt	/*'t_us'*
 't_ut'	term.txt	/*'t_ut'*
@@ -1064,10 +1072,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'wh'	options.txt	/*'wh'*
 'whichwrap'	options.txt	/*'whichwrap'*
 'wi'	options.txt	/*'wi'*
+'wic'	options.txt	/*'wic'*
 'wig'	options.txt	/*'wig'*
 'wildchar'	options.txt	/*'wildchar'*
 'wildcharm'	options.txt	/*'wildcharm'*
 'wildignore'	options.txt	/*'wildignore'*
+'wildignorecase'	options.txt	/*'wildignorecase'*
 'wildmenu'	options.txt	/*'wildmenu'*
 'wildmode'	options.txt	/*'wildmode'*
 'wildoptions'	options.txt	/*'wildoptions'*
@@ -1177,7 +1187,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
++mouse_sgr	various.txt	/*+mouse_sgr*
 +mouse_sysmouse	various.txt	/*+mouse_sysmouse*
++mouse_urxvt	various.txt	/*+mouse_urxvt*
 +mouse_xterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_xterm*
 +mouseshape	various.txt	/*+mouseshape*
 +multi_byte	various.txt	/*+multi_byte*
@@ -1187,7 +1199,6 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mzscheme/dyn	various.txt	/*+mzscheme\/dyn*
 +netbeans_intg	various.txt	/*+netbeans_intg*
 +ole	various.txt	/*+ole*
-+osfiletype	various.txt	/*+osfiletype*
 +path_extra	various.txt	/*+path_extra*
 +perl	various.txt	/*+perl*
 +perl/dyn	various.txt	/*+perl\/dyn*
@@ -1237,6 +1248,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +writebackup	various.txt	/*+writebackup*
 +xfontset	various.txt	/*+xfontset*
 +xim	various.txt	/*+xim*
++xpm_w32	various.txt	/*+xpm_w32*
 +xsmp	various.txt	/*+xsmp*
 +xsmp_interact	various.txt	/*+xsmp_interact*
 +xterm_clipboard	various.txt	/*+xterm_clipboard*
@@ -1826,6 +1838,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :X	editing.txt	/*:X*
 :XMLent	insert.txt	/*:XMLent*
 :XMLns	insert.txt	/*:XMLns*
+:[range]	motion.txt	/*:[range]*
 :\bar	cmdline.txt	/*:\\bar*
 :_!	cmdline.txt	/*:_!*
 :_#	cmdline.txt	/*:_#*
@@ -2087,6 +2100,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :display	change.txt	/*:display*
 :dj	tagsrch.txt	/*:dj*
 :djump	tagsrch.txt	/*:djump*
+:dl	change.txt	/*:dl*
 :dli	tagsrch.txt	/*:dli*
 :dlist	tagsrch.txt	/*:dlist*
 :do	autocmd.txt	/*:do*
@@ -2607,6 +2621,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :resize	windows.txt	/*:resize*
 :ret	change.txt	/*:ret*
 :retab	change.txt	/*:retab*
+:retab!	change.txt	/*:retab!*
 :retu	eval.txt	/*:retu*
 :return	eval.txt	/*:return*
 :rew	editing.txt	/*:rew*
@@ -3198,10 +3213,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 <line1>	map.txt	/*<line1>*
 <line2>	map.txt	/*<line2>*
 <lt>	intro.txt	/*<lt>*
+<nomodeline>	autocmd.txt	/*<nomodeline>*
 <q-args>	map.txt	/*<q-args>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
 <sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<sfile>*
+<slnum>	cmdline.txt	/*<slnum>*
 <xCSI>	intro.txt	/*<xCSI>*
 <xDown>	term.txt	/*<xDown>*
 <xEnd>	term.txt	/*<xEnd>*
@@ -3395,6 +3412,7 @@ CmdwinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinLeave*
 ColorScheme	autocmd.txt	/*ColorScheme*
 Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
+CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
 Contents	quickref.txt	/*Contents*
 Cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*Cscope*
 CursorHold	autocmd.txt	/*CursorHold*
@@ -3618,9 +3636,6 @@ E287	mbyte.txt	/*E287*
 E288	mbyte.txt	/*E288*
 E289	mbyte.txt	/*E289*
 E29	change.txt	/*E29*
-E290	mbyte.txt	/*E290*
-E291	mbyte.txt	/*E291*
-E292	mbyte.txt	/*E292*
 E293	message.txt	/*E293*
 E294	message.txt	/*E294*
 E295	message.txt	/*E295*
@@ -3700,7 +3715,6 @@ E362	term.txt	/*E362*
 E363	options.txt	/*E363*
 E364	eval.txt	/*E364*
 E365	print.txt	/*E365*
-E366	options.txt	/*E366*
 E367	autocmd.txt	/*E367*
 E368	eval.txt	/*E368*
 E369	pattern.txt	/*E369*
@@ -3965,8 +3979,6 @@ E607	eval.txt	/*E607*
 E608	eval.txt	/*E608*
 E609	if_cscop.txt	/*E609*
 E61	pattern.txt	/*E61*
-E610	options.txt	/*E610*
-E611	options.txt	/*E611*
 E612	sign.txt	/*E612*
 E613	print.txt	/*E613*
 E614	editing.txt	/*E614*
@@ -4216,9 +4228,31 @@ E835	options.txt	/*E835*
 E836	if_pyth.txt	/*E836*
 E837	if_pyth.txt	/*E837*
 E838	netbeans.txt	/*E838*
+E839	insert.txt	/*E839*
 E84	windows.txt	/*E84*
+E840	insert.txt	/*E840*
+E841	map.txt	/*E841*
+E842	cmdline.txt	/*E842*
+E843	editing.txt	/*E843*
+E844	syntax.txt	/*E844*
+E845	spell.txt	/*E845*
+E846	options.txt	/*E846*
+E847	syntax.txt	/*E847*
+E848	syntax.txt	/*E848*
+E849	syntax.txt	/*E849*
 E85	options.txt	/*E85*
+E850	change.txt	/*E850*
+E851	gui_x11.txt	/*E851*
+E852	gui_x11.txt	/*E852*
+E853	eval.txt	/*E853*
+E854	options.txt	/*E854*
+E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
+E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
+E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
+E860	eval.txt	/*E860*
+E861	eval.txt	/*E861*
+E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
@@ -4287,6 +4321,7 @@ IME	mbyte.txt	/*IME*
 Insert	insert.txt	/*Insert*
 Insert-mode	insert.txt	/*Insert-mode*
 InsertChange	autocmd.txt	/*InsertChange*
+InsertCharPre	autocmd.txt	/*InsertCharPre*
 InsertEnter	autocmd.txt	/*InsertEnter*
 InsertLeave	autocmd.txt	/*InsertLeave*
 J	change.txt	/*J*
@@ -4400,6 +4435,7 @@ QuickFixCmdPost	autocmd.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPost*
 QuickFixCmdPost-example	quickfix.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPost-example*
 QuickFixCmdPre	autocmd.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPre*
 Quickfix	quickfix.txt	/*Quickfix*
+QuitPre	autocmd.txt	/*QuitPre*
 R	change.txt	/*R*
 RISC-OS	os_risc.txt	/*RISC-OS*
 RISCOS	os_risc.txt	/*RISCOS*
@@ -4431,6 +4467,11 @@ Syntax	autocmd.txt	/*Syntax*
 T	motion.txt	/*T*
 TCL	if_tcl.txt	/*TCL*
 TERM	starting.txt	/*TERM*
+TOhtml-encoding	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding*
+TOhtml-encoding-detect	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding-detect*
+TOhtml-performance	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-performance*
+TOhtml-uncopyable-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-uncopyable-text*
+TOhtml-wrap-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-wrap-text*
 TSQL	ft_sql.txt	/*TSQL*
 TTpro-telnet	syntax.txt	/*TTpro-telnet*
 Tab	intro.txt	/*Tab*
@@ -4666,6 +4707,7 @@ alt	intro.txt	/*alt*
 alt-input	debugger.txt	/*alt-input*
 alternate-file	editing.txt	/*alternate-file*
 amiga-window	starting.txt	/*amiga-window*
+and()	eval.txt	/*and()*
 anonymous-function	eval.txt	/*anonymous-function*
 ant.vim	syntax.txt	/*ant.vim*
 ap	motion.txt	/*ap*
@@ -4720,6 +4762,7 @@ autocmds-kept	version5.txt	/*autocmds-kept*
 autocommand	autocmd.txt	/*autocommand*
 autocommand-events	autocmd.txt	/*autocommand-events*
 autocommand-pattern	autocmd.txt	/*autocommand-pattern*
+autoformat	change.txt	/*autoformat*
 autoload	eval.txt	/*autoload*
 autoload-functions	eval.txt	/*autoload-functions*
 avoid-hit-enter	version5.txt	/*avoid-hit-enter*
@@ -4768,6 +4811,7 @@ beval_col-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_col-variable*
 beval_lnum-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_lnum-variable*
 beval_text-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_text-variable*
 beval_winnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winnr-variable*
+bitwise-function	usr_41.txt	/*bitwise-function*
 blockwise-examples	visual.txt	/*blockwise-examples*
 blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
@@ -4849,6 +4893,8 @@ c_<S-Tab>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<S-Tab>*
 c_<S-Up>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<S-Up>*
 c_<Tab>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<Tab>*
 c_<Up>	cmdline.txt	/*c_<Up>*
+c_BS	cmdline.txt	/*c_BS*
+c_CR	cmdline.txt	/*c_CR*
 c_CTRL-A	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-A*
 c_CTRL-B	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-B*
 c_CTRL-C	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-C*
@@ -4881,6 +4927,15 @@ c_CTRL-\_e	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-\\_e*
 c_CTRL-]	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-]*
 c_CTRL-^	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-^*
 c_CTRL-_	cmdline.txt	/*c_CTRL-_*
+c_Del	cmdline.txt	/*c_Del*
+c_Down	cmdline.txt	/*c_Down*
+c_End	cmdline.txt	/*c_End*
+c_Esc	cmdline.txt	/*c_Esc*
+c_Home	cmdline.txt	/*c_Home*
+c_Insert	cmdline.txt	/*c_Insert*
+c_Left	cmdline.txt	/*c_Left*
+c_Right	cmdline.txt	/*c_Right*
+c_Up	cmdline.txt	/*c_Up*
 c_digraph	cmdline.txt	/*c_digraph*
 c_wildchar	cmdline.txt	/*c_wildchar*
 call()	eval.txt	/*call()*
@@ -4931,12 +4986,55 @@ charset-conversion	mbyte.txt	/*charset-conversion*
 chill.vim	syntax.txt	/*chill.vim*
 cindent()	eval.txt	/*cindent()*
 cinkeys-format	indent.txt	/*cinkeys-format*
+cino-#	indent.txt	/*cino-#*
+cino-(	indent.txt	/*cino-(*
+cino-)	indent.txt	/*cino-)*
+cino-+	indent.txt	/*cino-+*
+cino-/	indent.txt	/*cino-\/*
+cino-:	indent.txt	/*cino-:*
+cino-=	indent.txt	/*cino-=*
+cino->	indent.txt	/*cino->*
+cino-C	indent.txt	/*cino-C*
+cino-J	indent.txt	/*cino-J*
+cino-L	indent.txt	/*cino-L*
+cino-M	indent.txt	/*cino-M*
+cino-N	indent.txt	/*cino-N*
+cino-U	indent.txt	/*cino-U*
+cino-W	indent.txt	/*cino-W*
+cino-^	indent.txt	/*cino-^*
+cino-b	indent.txt	/*cino-b*
+cino-c	indent.txt	/*cino-c*
+cino-e	indent.txt	/*cino-e*
+cino-f	indent.txt	/*cino-f*
+cino-g	indent.txt	/*cino-g*
+cino-h	indent.txt	/*cino-h*
+cino-i	indent.txt	/*cino-i*
+cino-j	indent.txt	/*cino-j*
+cino-k	indent.txt	/*cino-k*
+cino-l	indent.txt	/*cino-l*
+cino-m	indent.txt	/*cino-m*
+cino-n	indent.txt	/*cino-n*
+cino-p	indent.txt	/*cino-p*
+cino-star	indent.txt	/*cino-star*
+cino-t	indent.txt	/*cino-t*
+cino-u	indent.txt	/*cino-u*
+cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
+cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
+cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	eval.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
 clientserver	remote.txt	/*clientserver*
 clipboard	gui.txt	/*clipboard*
+clipboard-autoselect	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselect*
+clipboard-autoselectml	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselectml*
+clipboard-autoselectplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselectplus*
+clipboard-exclude	options.txt	/*clipboard-exclude*
+clipboard-html	options.txt	/*clipboard-html*
+clipboard-unnamed	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamed*
+clipboard-unnamedplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*clojure-indent*
 cmdarg-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdarg-variable*
 cmdbang-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdbang-variable*
 cmdline-arguments	vi_diff.txt	/*cmdline-arguments*
@@ -5035,6 +5133,7 @@ cpo-+	options.txt	/*cpo-+*
 cpo--	options.txt	/*cpo--*
 cpo-.	options.txt	/*cpo-.*
 cpo-/	options.txt	/*cpo-\/*
+cpo-;	options.txt	/*cpo-;*
 cpo-<	options.txt	/*cpo-<*
 cpo->	options.txt	/*cpo->*
 cpo-A	options.txt	/*cpo-A*
@@ -5084,6 +5183,7 @@ cpo-w	options.txt	/*cpo-w*
 cpo-x	options.txt	/*cpo-x*
 cpo-y	options.txt	/*cpo-y*
 cpo-{	options.txt	/*cpo-{*
+cpp.vim	syntax.txt	/*cpp.vim*
 crash-recovery	recover.txt	/*crash-recovery*
 creating-menus	gui.txt	/*creating-menus*
 credits	intro.txt	/*credits*
@@ -5104,6 +5204,7 @@ cscope_connection()	eval.txt	/*cscope_connection()*
 cscopepathcomp	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopepathcomp*
 cscopeprg	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopeprg*
 cscopequickfix	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopequickfix*
+cscoperelative	if_cscop.txt	/*cscoperelative*
 cscopetag	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopetag*
 cscopetagorder	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopetagorder*
 cscopeverbose	if_cscop.txt	/*cscopeverbose*
@@ -5111,6 +5212,7 @@ csh.vim	syntax.txt	/*csh.vim*
 cspc	if_cscop.txt	/*cspc*
 csprg	if_cscop.txt	/*csprg*
 csqf	if_cscop.txt	/*csqf*
+csre	if_cscop.txt	/*csre*
 cst	if_cscop.txt	/*cst*
 csto	if_cscop.txt	/*csto*
 csverb	if_cscop.txt	/*csverb*
@@ -5194,6 +5296,7 @@ develop-spell	develop.txt	/*develop-spell*
 develop-spell-suggestions	develop.txt	/*develop-spell-suggestions*
 develop.txt	develop.txt	/*develop.txt*
 development	develop.txt	/*development*
+dgn	motion.txt	/*dgn*
 dh	change.txt	/*dh*
 diB	motion.txt	/*diB*
 diW	motion.txt	/*diW*
@@ -5217,6 +5320,7 @@ digraph	digraph.txt	/*digraph*
 digraph-arg	change.txt	/*digraph-arg*
 digraph-encoding	digraph.txt	/*digraph-encoding*
 digraph-table	digraph.txt	/*digraph-table*
+digraph-table-mbyte	digraph.txt	/*digraph-table-mbyte*
 digraph.txt	digraph.txt	/*digraph.txt*
 digraphs	digraph.txt	/*digraphs*
 digraphs-changed	version6.txt	/*digraphs-changed*
@@ -5387,6 +5491,11 @@ expr-env	eval.txt	/*expr-env*
 expr-env-expand	eval.txt	/*expr-env-expand*
 expr-function	eval.txt	/*expr-function*
 expr-is	eval.txt	/*expr-is*
+expr-is#	eval.txt	/*expr-is#*
+expr-is?	eval.txt	/*expr-is?*
+expr-isnot	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot*
+expr-isnot#	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot#*
+expr-isnot?	eval.txt	/*expr-isnot?*
 expr-nesting	eval.txt	/*expr-nesting*
 expr-number	eval.txt	/*expr-number*
 expr-option	eval.txt	/*expr-option*
@@ -5548,8 +5657,10 @@ ft-ch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ch-syntax*
 ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
+ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
+ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
 ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
@@ -5620,8 +5731,10 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ptcap-syntax*
 ft-python-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-python-indent*
 ft-python-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-python-syntax*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
+ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
+ft-rst-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rst-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
 ft-ruby-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ruby-syntax*
 ft-scheme-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-scheme-syntax*
@@ -5686,6 +5799,7 @@ g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
+g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
 g:ada#Comment	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Comment*
 g:ada#Ctags_Kinds	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada#Ctags_Kinds*
@@ -5709,12 +5823,20 @@ g:ada_space_errors	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_space_errors*
 g:ada_standard_types	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
+g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+g:clojure_maxlines	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_maxlines*
+g:clojure_special_indent_words	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
 g:colors_name	options.txt	/*g:colors_name*
 g:decada	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada*
 g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
 g:decada.Make()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make()*
 g:decada.Make_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Make_Command*
 g:decada.Unit_Name()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Unit_Name()*
+g:filetype_csh	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_csh*
+g:filetype_r	syntax.txt	/*g:filetype_r*
 g:gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat*
 g:gnat.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Error_Format*
 g:gnat.Find()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Find()*
@@ -5727,6 +5849,27 @@ g:gnat.Project_File	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Project_File*
 g:gnat.Set_Project_File()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
 g:gnat.Tags()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags()*
 g:gnat.Tags_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags_Command*
+g:html_charset_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_charset_override*
+g:html_diff_one_file	syntax.txt	/*g:html_diff_one_file*
+g:html_dynamic_folds	syntax.txt	/*g:html_dynamic_folds*
+g:html_encoding_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_encoding_override*
+g:html_end_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_end_line*
+g:html_expand_tabs	syntax.txt	/*g:html_expand_tabs*
+g:html_hover_unfold	syntax.txt	/*g:html_hover_unfold*
+g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
+g:html_ignore_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_folding*
+g:html_no_foldcolumn	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
+g:html_no_invalid	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_invalid*
+g:html_no_pre	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_pre*
+g:html_no_progress	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_progress*
+g:html_number_lines	syntax.txt	/*g:html_number_lines*
+g:html_pre_wrap	syntax.txt	/*g:html_pre_wrap*
+g:html_prevent_copy	syntax.txt	/*g:html_prevent_copy*
+g:html_start_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_start_line*
+g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
+g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
+g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
+g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
@@ -5737,10 +5880,13 @@ g:netrw_chgperm	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_chgperm*
 g:netrw_chgwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_chgwin*
 g:netrw_compress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_compress*
 g:netrw_ctags	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ctags*
-g:netrw_cursorline	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cursorline*
+g:netrw_cursor	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cursor*
 g:netrw_cygwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cygwin*
 g:netrw_dav_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
 g:netrw_decompress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_decompress*
+g:netrw_dirhistmax	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dirhistmax*
+g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
+g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
@@ -5748,6 +5894,7 @@ g:netrw_ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp*
 g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
 g:netrw_ftp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd*
+g:netrw_ftp_options	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_options*
 g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftpextracmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpextracmd*
@@ -5762,17 +5909,19 @@ g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
 g:netrw_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd*
 g:netrw_list_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_hide*
 g:netrw_liststyle	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_liststyle*
-g:netrw_local_mkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_local_mkdir*
-g:netrw_local_rmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_local_rmdir*
 g:netrw_localcopycmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopycmd*
+g:netrw_localmkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmkdir*
 g:netrw_localmovecmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmd*
+g:netrw_localrmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localrmdir*
 g:netrw_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_menu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_menu*
 g:netrw_mkdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
 g:netrw_mousemaps	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mousemaps*
+g:netrw_nobeval	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nobeval*
 g:netrw_nogx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nogx*
 g:netrw_preview	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_preview*
 g:netrw_rcp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
+g:netrw_remote_mkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_remote_mkdir*
 g:netrw_retmap	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_retmap*
 g:netrw_rm_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rm_cmd*
 g:netrw_rmdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*
@@ -5800,6 +5949,8 @@ g:netrw_use_nt_rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
 g:netrw_win95ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_win95ftp*
 g:netrw_winsize	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_winsize*
 g:netrw_xstrlen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_xstrlen*
+g:sh_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_isk*
+g:sh_noisk	syntax.txt	/*g:sh_noisk*
 g:syntax_on	syntax.txt	/*g:syntax_on*
 g:tar_browseoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_browseoptions*
 g:tar_cmd	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_cmd*
@@ -5810,6 +5961,8 @@ g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
 g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
 g:tex_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_conceal*
+g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
+g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
@@ -5840,6 +5993,7 @@ gF	editing.txt	/*gF*
 gH	visual.txt	/*gH*
 gI	insert.txt	/*gI*
 gJ	change.txt	/*gJ*
+gN	visual.txt	/*gN*
 gP	change.txt	/*gP*
 gQ	intro.txt	/*gQ*
 gR	change.txt	/*gR*
@@ -5860,6 +6014,7 @@ g`a	motion.txt	/*g`a*
 ga	various.txt	/*ga*
 garbagecollect()	eval.txt	/*garbagecollect()*
 gd	pattern.txt	/*gd*
+gdb	debug.txt	/*gdb*
 ge	motion.txt	/*ge*
 get()	eval.txt	/*get()*
 get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
@@ -5923,6 +6078,7 @@ glvs-options	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-options*
 glvs-plugins	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-plugins*
 glvs-usage	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-usage*
 gm	motion.txt	/*gm*
+gn	visual.txt	/*gn*
 gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
 gnat#New()	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat#New()*
 gnat-xref	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat-xref*
@@ -5949,6 +6105,7 @@ gtk-tooltip-colors	gui_x11.txt	/*gtk-tooltip-colors*
 gu	change.txt	/*gu*
 gugu	change.txt	/*gugu*
 gui	gui.txt	/*gui*
+gui-IME	gui.txt	/*gui-IME*
 gui-clipboard	gui_w32.txt	/*gui-clipboard*
 gui-colors	syntax.txt	/*gui-colors*
 gui-extras	gui.txt	/*gui-extras*
@@ -6006,6 +6163,7 @@ gui_w16.txt	gui_w16.txt	/*gui_w16.txt*
 gui_w32.txt	gui_w32.txt	/*gui_w32.txt*
 gui_x11.txt	gui_x11.txt	/*gui_x11.txt*
 guifontwide_gtk2	options.txt	/*guifontwide_gtk2*
+guifontwide_win_mbyte	options.txt	/*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 guioptions_a	options.txt	/*guioptions_a*
 guu	change.txt	/*guu*
 gv	visual.txt	/*gv*
@@ -6028,6 +6186,7 @@ hangul	hangulin.txt	/*hangul*
 hangulin.txt	hangulin.txt	/*hangulin.txt*
 has()	eval.txt	/*has()*
 has-patch	eval.txt	/*has-patch*
+has-python	if_pyth.txt	/*has-python*
 has_key()	eval.txt	/*has_key()*
 haskell.vim	syntax.txt	/*haskell.vim*
 haslocaldir()	eval.txt	/*haslocaldir()*
@@ -6046,6 +6205,7 @@ helpfile_name.txt	helphelp.txt	/*helpfile_name.txt*
 helphelp	helphelp.txt	/*helphelp*
 helphelp.txt	helphelp.txt	/*helphelp.txt*
 hex-editing	tips.txt	/*hex-editing*
+hex-number	eval.txt	/*hex-number*
 hidden-buffer	windows.txt	/*hidden-buffer*
 hidden-changed	version5.txt	/*hidden-changed*
 hidden-menus	gui.txt	/*hidden-menus*
@@ -6087,6 +6247,7 @@ hl-Cursor	syntax.txt	/*hl-Cursor*
 hl-CursorColumn	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorColumn*
 hl-CursorIM	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorIM*
 hl-CursorLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorLine*
+hl-CursorLineNr	syntax.txt	/*hl-CursorLineNr*
 hl-DiffAdd	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffAdd*
 hl-DiffChange	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffChange*
 hl-DiffDelete	syntax.txt	/*hl-DiffDelete*
@@ -6156,6 +6317,7 @@ i)	motion.txt	/*i)*
 i<	motion.txt	/*i<*
 i>	motion.txt	/*i>*
 iB	motion.txt	/*iB*
+iBus	gui.txt	/*iBus*
 iW	motion.txt	/*iW*
 i[	motion.txt	/*i[*
 i]	motion.txt	/*i]*
@@ -6351,6 +6513,7 @@ internet	intro.txt	/*internet*
 intro	intro.txt	/*intro*
 intro.txt	intro.txt	/*intro.txt*
 inverse	syntax.txt	/*inverse*
+invert()	eval.txt	/*invert()*
 ip	motion.txt	/*ip*
 iquote	motion.txt	/*iquote*
 is	motion.txt	/*is*
@@ -6411,6 +6574,13 @@ last-pattern	pattern.txt	/*last-pattern*
 last-position-jump	eval.txt	/*last-position-jump*
 last_buffer_nr()	eval.txt	/*last_buffer_nr()*
 lc_time-variable	eval.txt	/*lc_time-variable*
+lcs-conceal	options.txt	/*lcs-conceal*
+lcs-eol	options.txt	/*lcs-eol*
+lcs-extends	options.txt	/*lcs-extends*
+lcs-nbsp	options.txt	/*lcs-nbsp*
+lcs-precedes	options.txt	/*lcs-precedes*
+lcs-tab	options.txt	/*lcs-tab*
+lcs-trail	options.txt	/*lcs-trail*
 left-right-motions	motion.txt	/*left-right-motions*
 len()	eval.txt	/*len()*
 less	various.txt	/*less*
@@ -6461,11 +6631,18 @@ lpc.vim	syntax.txt	/*lpc.vim*
 lua	if_lua.txt	/*lua*
 lua-buffer	if_lua.txt	/*lua-buffer*
 lua-commands	if_lua.txt	/*lua-commands*
+lua-dict	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dict*
+lua-eval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-eval*
+lua-list	if_lua.txt	/*lua-list*
+lua-luaeval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-luaeval*
 lua-vim	if_lua.txt	/*lua-vim*
 lua-window	if_lua.txt	/*lua-window*
 lua.vim	syntax.txt	/*lua.vim*
+luaeval()	eval.txt	/*luaeval()*
 m	motion.txt	/*m*
 m'	motion.txt	/*m'*
+m<	motion.txt	/*m<*
+m>	motion.txt	/*m>*
 m[	motion.txt	/*m[*
 m]	motion.txt	/*m]*
 m`	motion.txt	/*m`*
@@ -6522,6 +6699,7 @@ mapmode-s	map.txt	/*mapmode-s*
 mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
+mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -6633,6 +6811,7 @@ mzscheme-buffer	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-buffer*
 mzscheme-commands	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-commands*
 mzscheme-dynamic	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-dynamic*
 mzscheme-examples	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-examples*
+mzscheme-funcref	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-funcref*
 mzscheme-mzeval	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-mzeval*
 mzscheme-sandbox	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-sandbox*
 mzscheme-threads	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-threads*
@@ -6679,6 +6858,7 @@ netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
 netrw-T	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-T*
 netrw-U	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-U*
+netrw-X	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-X*
 netrw-a	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-a*
 netrw-activate	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-activate*
 netrw-bookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-bookmark*
@@ -6688,6 +6868,7 @@ netrw-browse-cmds	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browse-cmds*
 netrw-browse-maps	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browse-maps*
 netrw-browser	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser*
 netrw-browser-options	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-options*
+netrw-browser-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-settings*
 netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
 netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
@@ -6697,6 +6878,7 @@ netrw-clean	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-clean*
 netrw-contents	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-contents*
 netrw-copyright	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-copyright*
 netrw-cr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cr*
+netrw-createfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-createfile*
 netrw-credits	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-credits*
 netrw-ctrl-h	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-h*
 netrw-ctrl-l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-l*
@@ -6720,7 +6902,9 @@ netrw-fixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-fixup*
 netrw-ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ftp*
 netrw-ftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ftype*
 netrw-gb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gb*
+netrw-gd	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gd*
 netrw-getftype	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-getftype*
+netrw-gf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gf*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
 netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
@@ -6733,6 +6917,7 @@ netrw-history	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-history*
 netrw-horiz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-horiz*
 netrw-i	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-i*
 netrw-incompatible	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-incompatible*
+netrw-internal-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-internal-variables*
 netrw-intro-browse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-intro-browse*
 netrw-leftmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-leftmouse*
 netrw-list	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-list*
@@ -6773,6 +6958,8 @@ netrw-p10	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p10*
 netrw-p11	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p11*
 netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
 netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
+netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
+netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -6808,8 +6995,10 @@ netrw-rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rexplore*
 netrw-rightmouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-rightmouse*
 netrw-s	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-s*
 netrw-settings	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings*
+netrw-settings-window	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-settings-window*
 netrw-sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sexplore*
 netrw-sort	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort*
+netrw-sort-sequence	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sort-sequence*
 netrw-sortsequence	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-sortsequence*
 netrw-source	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-source*
 netrw-ssh-hack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ssh-hack*
@@ -6821,6 +7010,7 @@ netrw-start	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-start*
 netrw-t	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-t*
 netrw-texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-texplore*
 netrw-todo	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-todo*
+netrw-trailingslash	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-trailingslash*
 netrw-transparent	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-transparent*
 netrw-u	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-u*
 netrw-updir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-updir*
@@ -6830,6 +7020,8 @@ netrw-v	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-v*
 netrw-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-var*
 netrw-variables	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-variables*
 netrw-vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-vexplore*
+netrw-windows-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-windows-netrc*
+netrw-windows-s	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-windows-s*
 netrw-write	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-write*
 netrw-x	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-x*
 netrw-xfer	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-xfer*
@@ -6941,7 +7133,8 @@ objects	index.txt	/*objects*
 obtaining-exted	netbeans.txt	/*obtaining-exted*
 ocaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*ocaml.vim*
 octal	eval.txt	/*octal*
-octal-number	options.txt	/*octal-number*
+octal-nrformats	options.txt	/*octal-nrformats*
+octal-number	eval.txt	/*octal-number*
 oldfiles-variable	eval.txt	/*oldfiles-variable*
 ole-activation	if_ole.txt	/*ole-activation*
 ole-eval	if_ole.txt	/*ole-eval*
@@ -6961,9 +7154,12 @@ operator-variable	eval.txt	/*operator-variable*
 option-backslash	options.txt	/*option-backslash*
 option-list	quickref.txt	/*option-list*
 option-summary	options.txt	/*option-summary*
+option-window	options.txt	/*option-window*
 options	options.txt	/*options*
 options-changed	version5.txt	/*options-changed*
 options.txt	options.txt	/*options.txt*
+optwin	options.txt	/*optwin*
+or()	eval.txt	/*or()*
 oracle	ft_sql.txt	/*oracle*
 os2	os_os2.txt	/*os2*
 os2ansi	os_os2.txt	/*os2ansi*
@@ -7109,7 +7305,10 @@ pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
 pumvisible()	eval.txt	/*pumvisible()*
 put	change.txt	/*put*
 put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
+py3eval()	eval.txt	/*py3eval()*
+pyeval()	eval.txt	/*pyeval()*
 python	if_pyth.txt	/*python*
+python-bindeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval*
 python-buffer	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffer*
 python-buffers	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffers*
 python-command	if_pyth.txt	/*python-command*
@@ -7121,6 +7320,7 @@ python-eval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-eval*
 python-examples	if_pyth.txt	/*python-examples*
 python-input	if_pyth.txt	/*python-input*
 python-output	if_pyth.txt	/*python-output*
+python-pyeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-pyeval*
 python-range	if_pyth.txt	/*python-range*
 python-vim	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vim*
 python-window	if_pyth.txt	/*python-window*
@@ -7243,19 +7443,9 @@ right-justify	change.txt	/*right-justify*
 rileft	rileft.txt	/*rileft*
 rileft.txt	rileft.txt	/*rileft.txt*
 riscos	os_risc.txt	/*riscos*
-riscos-commandline	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-commandline*
-riscos-filetypes	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-filetypes*
-riscos-gui	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-gui*
-riscos-interrupt	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-interrupt*
-riscos-locations	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-locations*
-riscos-memory	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-memory*
-riscos-munging	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-munging*
-riscos-porting	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-porting*
-riscos-remote	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-remote*
-riscos-shell	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-shell*
-riscos-temp-files	os_risc.txt	/*riscos-temp-files*
 rot13	change.txt	/*rot13*
 round()	eval.txt	/*round()*
+rst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rst.vim*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
 ruby	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby*
 ruby-buffer	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-buffer*
@@ -7307,6 +7497,8 @@ save-file	editing.txt	/*save-file*
 save-settings	starting.txt	/*save-settings*
 scheme.vim	syntax.txt	/*scheme.vim*
 scp	pi_netrw.txt	/*scp*
+screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
+screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
 script-here	if_perl.txt	/*script-here*
 script-local	map.txt	/*script-local*
@@ -7371,12 +7563,17 @@ setuid	change.txt	/*setuid*
 setwinvar()	eval.txt	/*setwinvar()*
 sftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*sftp*
 sgml.vim	syntax.txt	/*sgml.vim*
+sgr-mouse	options.txt	/*sgr-mouse*
+sh-awk	syntax.txt	/*sh-awk*
+sh-embed	syntax.txt	/*sh-embed*
 sh.vim	syntax.txt	/*sh.vim*
+sha256()	eval.txt	/*sha256()*
 shell-window	tips.txt	/*shell-window*
 shell_error-variable	eval.txt	/*shell_error-variable*
 shellescape()	eval.txt	/*shellescape()*
 shift	intro.txt	/*shift*
 shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
+shiftwidth()	eval.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
@@ -7782,6 +7979,7 @@ t_ti	term.txt	/*t_ti*
 t_tp	version4.txt	/*t_tp*
 t_ts	term.txt	/*t_ts*
 t_ts_old	version4.txt	/*t_ts_old*
+t_u7	term.txt	/*t_u7*
 t_ue	term.txt	/*t_ue*
 t_undo	version4.txt	/*t_undo*
 t_us	term.txt	/*t_us*
@@ -7979,6 +8177,7 @@ unix	os_unix.txt	/*unix*
 unlisted-buffer	windows.txt	/*unlisted-buffer*
 up-down-motions	motion.txt	/*up-down-motions*
 uppercase	change.txt	/*uppercase*
+urxvt-mouse	options.txt	/*urxvt-mouse*
 use-cpo-save	usr_41.txt	/*use-cpo-save*
 use-visual-cmds	version4.txt	/*use-visual-cmds*
 useful-mappings	tips.txt	/*useful-mappings*
@@ -8154,11 +8353,13 @@ v_d	change.txt	/*v_d*
 v_g?	change.txt	/*v_g?*
 v_gF	editing.txt	/*v_gF*
 v_gJ	change.txt	/*v_gJ*
+v_gN	visual.txt	/*v_gN*
 v_gV	visual.txt	/*v_gV*
 v_g]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g]*
 v_g_CTRL-G	editing.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-G*
 v_g_CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-]*
 v_gf	editing.txt	/*v_gf*
+v_gn	visual.txt	/*v_gn*
 v_gq	change.txt	/*v_gq*
 v_gv	visual.txt	/*v_gv*
 v_gw	change.txt	/*v_gw*
@@ -8261,13 +8462,27 @@ vimdev	intro.txt	/*vimdev*
 vimdiff	diff.txt	/*vimdiff*
 vimfiles	options.txt	/*vimfiles*
 viminfo	starting.txt	/*viminfo*
+viminfo-!	options.txt	/*viminfo-!*
+viminfo-%	options.txt	/*viminfo-%*
+viminfo-'	options.txt	/*viminfo-'*
+viminfo-/	options.txt	/*viminfo-\/*
+viminfo-:	options.txt	/*viminfo-:*
+viminfo-<	options.txt	/*viminfo-<*
+viminfo-@	options.txt	/*viminfo-@*
+viminfo-c	options.txt	/*viminfo-c*
 viminfo-encoding	starting.txt	/*viminfo-encoding*
 viminfo-errors	starting.txt	/*viminfo-errors*
+viminfo-f	options.txt	/*viminfo-f*
 viminfo-file	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file*
 viminfo-file-marks	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-marks*
 viminfo-file-name	starting.txt	/*viminfo-file-name*
+viminfo-h	options.txt	/*viminfo-h*
+viminfo-n	options.txt	/*viminfo-n*
+viminfo-quote	options.txt	/*viminfo-quote*
+viminfo-r	options.txt	/*viminfo-r*
 viminfo-read	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read*
 viminfo-read-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read-write*
+viminfo-s	options.txt	/*viminfo-s*
 viminfo-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-write*
 vimrc	starting.txt	/*vimrc*
 vimrc-filetype	usr_05.txt	/*vimrc-filetype*
@@ -8307,6 +8522,7 @@ vt100-cursor-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-cursor-keys*
 vt100-function-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-function-keys*
 w	motion.txt	/*w*
 w32-clientserver	remote.txt	/*w32-clientserver*
+w32-xpm-support	gui_w32.txt	/*w32-xpm-support*
 w:current_syntax	syntax.txt	/*w:current_syntax*
 w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
@@ -8315,6 +8531,7 @@ white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
 whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
+wildmenumode()	eval.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
 win16-!start	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-!start*
 win16-clipboard	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-clipboard*
 win16-colors	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-colors*
@@ -8394,6 +8611,7 @@ write-fail	editing.txt	/*write-fail*
 write-filetype-plugin	usr_41.txt	/*write-filetype-plugin*
 write-library-script	usr_41.txt	/*write-library-script*
 write-local-help	usr_41.txt	/*write-local-help*
+write-permissions	editing.txt	/*write-permissions*
 write-plugin	usr_41.txt	/*write-plugin*
 write-plugin-quickload	usr_41.txt	/*write-plugin-quickload*
 write-quit	editing.txt	/*write-quit*
@@ -8416,6 +8634,7 @@ xiterm	syntax.txt	/*xiterm*
 xml-folding	syntax.txt	/*xml-folding*
 xml-omni-datafile	insert.txt	/*xml-omni-datafile*
 xml.vim	syntax.txt	/*xml.vim*
+xor()	eval.txt	/*xor()*
 xpm.vim	syntax.txt	/*xpm.vim*
 xterm-8-bit	term.txt	/*xterm-8-bit*
 xterm-8bit	term.txt	/*xterm-8bit*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Feb 18
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Oct 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ CTRL-T			Jump to [count] older entry in the tag stack
 
 The output of ":tags" looks like this:
 
-   # TO tag      FROM line in file/line
+   # TO tag      FROM line  in file/text
    1  1 main		 1  harddisk2:text/vim/test
  > 2  2 FuncA		58  i = FuncA(10);
    3  1 FuncC	       357  harddisk2:text/vim/src/amiga.c
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ you were before the tag command.  The line number will be correct, also when
 deleting/inserting lines, unless this was done by another program (e.g.
 another instance of Vim).
 
-For the current file, the "file/line" column shows the text at the position.
+For the current file, the "file/text" column shows the text at the position.
 An indent is removed and a long line is truncated to fit in the window.
 
 You can jump to previously used tags with several commands.  Some examples:
@@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ entry was not at the bottom, the entries below the last used one are
 deleted.  This means that an old branch in the call graph is lost.  After the
 commands explained above the tag stack will look like this:
 
-   # TO tag	FROM line in file
-   1 main	       1  harddisk2:text/vim/test
-   2 FuncB	      59  harddisk2:text/vim/src/main.c
+   # TO tag	FROM line  in file/text
+   1  1 main		1  harddisk2:text/vim/test
+   2  1 FuncB	       59  harddisk2:text/vim/src/main.c
 
 							*E73*
 When you try to use the tag stack while it doesn't contain anything you will
@@ -770,12 +770,12 @@ CTRL-W i		Open a new window, with the cursor on the first line
 			{not in Vi}
 
 							*:dli* *:dlist*
-:[range]dl[ist][!] [/]string[/]
+:[range]dli[st][!] [/]string[/]
 			Like "[D"  and "]D", but search in [range] lines
 			(default: whole file).
 			See |:search-args| for [/] and [!].  {not in Vi}
 			Note that ":dl" works like ":delete" with the "l"
-			flag.
+			register.
 
 							*[_CTRL-D*
 [ CTRL-D		Jump to the first macro definition that contains the

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Nov 05
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -294,6 +294,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
+		see |'ambiwidth'|
 
 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -665,6 +667,7 @@ When the X-server clipboard is available, the command server described in
 							*xterm-copy-paste*
 NOTE: In some (older) xterms, it's not possible to move the cursor past column
 95.  This is an xterm problem, not Vim's.  Get a newer xterm |color-xterm|.
+Now the limit is 223 columns.
 
 Copy/paste in xterm with (current mode NOT included in 'mouse'):
 1. Press left mouse button on first letter of text, move mouse pointer to last